Toyota 2004 Avalon Owners Manual

2015-09-07

: Toyota Toyota-2004-Avalon-Owners-Manual-763013 toyota-2004-avalon-owners-manual-763013 toyota pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 339

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 1

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrument cluster overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Instrument panel overview
"With bucket front seat (view A)
1. Side vents
2. Side defroster outlets
3. Instrument cluster and/or
multi−information display
4. Garage door opener
5. Center vents
6. Auxiliary boxes
7. Front personal light, interior light and/or
electric moon roof switch
8. Power door lock switches
9. Power window switches
10. Glove box
11. Trunk opener main switch
12. Rear vents
13. Power outlet (115 VAC)
14. Power outlet (12 VDC)
15. Cup holder
16. Automatic transmission selector lever
17. Hood lock release lever
18. Parking brake pedal
19. Window lock switch

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"With bucket front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)
1. Power rear view mirror control switches
2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light switches
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Car audio
6. Air conditioning controls
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
9. Ignition switch
10. Power outlet main switch
11. Traction control system off switch
12. Cruise control switch
13. Tilt steering lock release lever
14. Trunk lid lock release switch
15. Instrument panel light control knob

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"With bucket front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)
1. Power rear view mirror control switches
2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light switches
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Car audio
6. Air conditioning controls
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
9. Seat heater switches
10. Ignition switch
11. Power outlet main switch
12. Traction control system off switch
13. Cruise control switch
14. Tilt steering lock release lever
15. Trunk lid lock release switch
16. Instrument panel light control knob

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"With bench type front seat (view A)
1. Side vents
2. Side defroster outlets
3. Instrument cluster and/or
multi−information display
4. Automatic transmission selector lever
5. Garage door opener
6. Center vents
7. Auxiliary boxes
8. Front personal light, interior light and/or
electric moon roof switch
9. Power door lock switches
10. Power window switches
11. Glove box
12. Cup holder
13. Trunk opener main switch
14. Hood lock release lever
15. Parking brake pedal
16. Window lock switch

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"With bench type front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)
1. Power rear view mirror control switches
2. Headlight and turn signal switch and
front fog light switch
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Car audio
6. Air conditioning controls
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
9. Power outlet (115 VAC)
10. Power outlet (12 VDC)
11. Ignition switch
12. Power outlet main switch
13. Traction control system off switch
14. Cruise control switch
15. Tilt steering lock release lever
16. Trunk lid lock release switch
17. Instrument panel light control knob

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"With bench type front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)
1. Power rear view mirror control switches
2. Headlight and turn signal switch and
front fog light switch
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Car audio
6. Air conditioning controls
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
8. Seat heater switches
9. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
10. Power outlet (115 VAC)
11. Power outlet (12 VDC)
12. Ignition switch
13. Power outlet main switch
14. Traction control system off switch
15. Cruise control switch
16. Tilt steering lock release lever
17. Trunk lid lock release switch
18. Instrument panel light control knob

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Instrument cluster overview
"Type A

2. Tachometer

5. Engine immobilizer system indicator
light

3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

6. Odometer and two trip meters
7. Clock

4. Speedometer

8. Outside temperature display

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

∗:

9. “ADJ” button∗
10. “MODE” button∗
11. “ODO/TRIP” button
12. Fuel gauge

This button is used to adjust the clock. For details, see “Clock” in Section 1−10.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"Type B

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. Clock∗

11. “RESET/ADJ” button∗

2. Tachometer

7. Outside temperature display∗

12. “DISPLAY” button∗

3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

8. Multi−information display

13. Odometer and two trip meters

9. “LIGHT” button∗

14. “ODO/TRIP” button

4. Speedometer

10. “MODE” button∗

15. Fuel gauge

5. Theft deterrent system/engine
immobilizer system indicator light
∗:

This button is used to operate the multi−information display. For details, see “Multi−information display” in Section 1−10.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"Type C

2. Tachometer

5. Theft deterrent system/engine
immobilizer system indicator light

3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

7. Outside temperature display∗

4. Speedometer

8. Odometer and two trip meters

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

∗:

6. Clock∗

9. “ODO/TRIP” button
10. Fuel gauge

For details, please refer to the separate “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

Brake system warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Front outside passenger’s seat belt reminder
light∗1

Rear light failure warning light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Vehicle stability control system and traction
control system warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning
light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Turn signal indicator lights
Automatic transmission indicator lights
Overdrive−off indicator light
Slip indicator light
Traction control system off indicator light
Cruise control indicator light∗2
∗1 :

For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” in Section 1−6.

∗2 :

If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1−7.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 10

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment

Multi−information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter and ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Garage door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

189
198
198
198
199
202
202
205
207
208
210

188

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Multi−information display—
1. Outside temperature display
2. Clock
3. Compass
4. Calendar
5. Cruise information display
6. “LIGHT” button
7. “MODE” button
8. “RESET/ADJ” button
9. “DISPLAY” button

189

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Before using the
multi−information display
Operate the multi−information display
with the ignition switch on.
When the ignition switch is turned to
“ON”, the last previously used mode displayed just before the ignition switch is
turned off will appear.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the multi−information
display, the display will automatically be
set to the initial mode.
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the display
will be reduced.

“LIGHT” button
This button is used to select the illumination pattern of the display.
Every time you push the “LIGHT” button,
the display illuminates in the following order.
1. All the parts of the display are illuminated.
2. Clock, outside temperature display and
compass are illuminated.
3. Illumination is off.
“MODE” and “RESET/ADJ” buttons
These buttons are used to select the
item to be reset or adjusted.
Every time you push the “MODE” button,
the display toggles in the following order.
1. Hour
2. Minute
3. Year
4. Month
5. Day
6. English or metric unit selection of the
outside temperature display and cruise
information display
7. Compass deviation calibration (zone)
8. Compass circling calibration

190

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Clock

—Calendar

The digital clock indicates the time.

The digital calendar indicates the date.

If the electrical power source has been
disconnected, the time display will automatically be set to 1:00 a.m.

If the electrical power source has been
disconnected, the calendar display will automatically be set to “THU JAN 1”.

To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” button until the hour display appears and
blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”
button until the minute display appears
and blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ”
button.

To reset the year: Push the “MODE” button until the year display appears and
blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button. (After the year 2021 appears, the
number returns to 2002.)
To reset the month: Push the “MODE”
button until the month display appears and
blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button.
To reset the day: Push the “MODE” button
until the day display appears and blinks.
Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button.

When the item desired to be corrected
appears, reset or adjust it by pushing the
“RESET/ADJ” button.
“DISPLAY” button
This button is used to toggle the functions of the cruise information display.
Every time you push the “DISPLAY” button, the display toggles.
For
more
details,
information display”.

see

“—Cruise

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

After resetting the clock, push the “MODE”
button until the display returns to normal
calendar mode.

191

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Outside temperature display

—Cruise information display

After resetting the calendar, push the
“MODE” button until the display returns to
normal calendar mode.

The outside temperature display indicates outside air temperatures.
To set the unit, push the “MODE” button
until the unit display appears and blinks.
Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to select “C” or “F”. (At this time, cruise
information and air conditioning displays
also change.)
After setting the unit, push the “MODE”
button until the display returns to normal
calendar mode.

192

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

The cruise information display indicates
the following information.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption
(“INST ECON”)

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

The instantaneous fuel consumption is
calculated and displayed based on driving distance and fuel consumption for
2 seconds with the engine running.

2. Average fuel consumption after refueling
3. Average vehicle speed
4. Driving range
5. Driving time
Every time you push the “DISPLAY” button, the display toggles through this information.
The displayed values in the cruise information display indicate general driving
conditions. Accuracy varies with driving
habits and road conditions.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected, the display will automatically
be set to instantaneous fuel consumption.
To set the unit, push the “MODE” button
until the unit display appears and blinks.
Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to select km/liter or mile/gallon. (At this time,
the outside temperature and air conditioning displays also change.)
After setting the unit, push the “MODE”
button until the display returns to normal
calendar mode.

The displayed value is updated every 2
seconds.
Note that an accurate figure may not be
shown in the following cases.

2. Average fuel consumption after refueling
(“AVG ECON”)
Average fuel consumption after refueling is calculated and displayed based
on total driving distance and total fuel
consumption with the engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 10
seconds.

When the vehicle is stopped with the

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the average fuel consumption after refueling
(“AVG ECON”) calculation is automatically
reset.

When the vehicle is driving down a

3. Average vehicle speed
(“AVG SPEED”)

engine running, the display will indicate
the extremely high fuel consumption.
long slope, applying the engine brake,
the display will indicate the extremely
low fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.

Average vehicle speed is calculated and
displayed based on total driving distance and total driving time with the
engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 10
seconds.
To reset the calculations,
“RESET/ADJ” button.

push

the

The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.

193

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Compass
4. Driving range
(“FUEL RANGE”)

To reset the calculations,
“RESET/ADJ” button.

push

the

The distance the vehicle can travel with
the remaining fuel is calculated and
displayed based on the quantity of remaining fuel and past fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.

The displayed value is updated every time
when the fuel equivalent for 1 km is consumed.
Every time you refuel the vehicle, the
driving range calculation is automatically
reset.
The actual driving range varies with driving habits and road conditions. If fuel consumption is good, the driving range will be
longer. If fuel consumption is poor, the
driving range will be shorter.
5. Driving time
(“TRIP TIME”)
The elapsed time after the engine starts
is displayed.
When the engine is started, driving time
is counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99
hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.
When the driving time exceeds 99:59, the
counter returns to 0:00.

The compass indicates the direction
that the vehicle is heading. In the
above case, it shows that the vehicle is
heading south.
Displays

Directions

N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW

North
Northeast
East
Southeast
South
Southwest
West
Northwest

194

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

The compass may not show the correct
direction in the following conditions:

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation
calibration)

The vehicle is stopped immediately af-

The direction display on the compass
deviates from the true direction determined by the earth’s magnetic field. The
angle of deviation varies according to the
geographic position of the vehicle.

ter turning.

The compass does not adjust while the
vehicle is stopped.

The ignition switch is turned off imme-

To adjust for this deviation, stop the vehicle and push the “MODE” button several
times until “ZONE XX” appears on the
calendar display. Then push the “RESET/
ADJ” button, referring to the following map
to select the number of the zone where
the vehicle is.

diately after turning.

The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
The vehicle is in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).

The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a
magnet or a metal object on or near
the roof.)

The battery has been disconnected.

Compass sensor

NOTICE
Do not put magnets or a metal object
on or near the roof of the vehicle.
Doing this may cause malfunction of
the compass sensor.

If the deviation is small, the compass
works to calibrate the direction automatically while the vehicle is in motion.
For additional precision or for complete
calibrating,
see
“CALIBRATING
THE
COMPASS” below.

195

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Hawaii, Samoa: 5
Guam, Saipan: 8

After calibration, push the “MODE” button
several times until the calendar display
returns to the normal mode.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

Zone number

196

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Perform circling calibration just after
you have purchased your Toyota. And
then always perform circling calibration
after the battery has been removed, replaced or disconnected.

Do not perform circling calibration of

the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling
calibration)
Sometimes the direction display on the
compass may not change after a turn. To
rectify this, stop the vehicle and push the
“MODE”
button
several
times
until
“COMPASS” appears and blinks on the
display. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button. “CALIBRATE” appears and blinks together with the compass display.

Drive the vehicle in a circle until the blinking stops. If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the block
until the blinking stops.
When the compass and the calendar display return to normal mode, calibration is
complete.
If you want to cancel the calibration before it is complete, push the “MODE” button again.

During calibration, do not operate elec-

tric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with
the calibration.

CAUTION

When doing the circling calibration,

be sure to secure a wide space,
and watch out for people and vehicles in the neighborhood. Do not
violate any local traffic rules while
performing circling calibration.

Do not adjust the display while the

vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

197

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Clock

Outside temperature display

To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” button until the hour display blinks. Then
push the “ADJ” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”
button until the minute display blinks.
Then push the “ADJ” button.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The key must be in the “ON” position.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time display will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).

Cigarette lighter and ashtray

With bucket front seat

When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the display
will be reduced.
To change the display between “C” to
“F”, push the “MODE” button until the
display blinks. Then push the “ADJ” button
to select “C” or “F”.

When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the time indication will be reduced.
With bench type front seat

198

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Power outlet (12 VDC)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
To use the cigarette lighter, first open
the ashtray lid, then press in the lighter. After it finishes heating up, it automatically pops out ready for use.
If the engine is not running, the key must
be in the “ACC” position.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, always completely close
the ashtray after use.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed
in.
Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
equivalent for replacement.
ASHTRAY
With bucket front seat—To use the ashtray, push the lid to open.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat—To use the
ashtray, pull the lid to open.
When finished with your cigarette, thoroughly extinguish it in the ashtray to prevent other cigarette butts from catching
fire. After using the ashtray, push it back
in completely.
To remove the ashtray, open the ashtray
lid and pull it out.

With bench type front seat

199

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Power outlet (115 VAC)
The power outlet is designed for power
supply for car accessories.

This power outlet is designed for use
as a power supply for electric appliances in the vehicle.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the power outlet to be used.

The key must be in the “ON” position for
the power outlet to be used.

NOTICE
z To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total vehicle capacity of 12
VDC/120W.
z To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlet longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.

With bucket front seat

The maximum capacity for this power outlet is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to
use an appliance that requires more than
115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit
will activate and cut the power supply.
The power supply will restart automatically
when you use an appliance that operates
within the 115 VAC/100W limits.

z Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use. Inserting
anything other than an appropriate
plug that fits the outlet, or allowing
any liquid to get into the outlet may
cause electrical failure or short circuits.

With bench type front seat

200

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

NOTICE
z To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlet longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
z Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use. Inserting
anything other than an appropriate
plug that fits the outlet, or allowing
any liquid to get into the outlet may
cause electrical failure or short circuits.
To use the power outlet, push the main
switch on the instrument panel.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
that the power outlet is ready for use.
Push the main switch once again to turn
the power outlet off. When the power outlet is not in use, make sure that the main
switch is turned off.

Appliances with high initial peak watt-

age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,
compressor−driven refrigerators, electric
pumps, electric tools, etc.

Measuring devices which process pre-

cise data: medical equipment, measuring instruments, etc.

Other appliances requiring an extremely

stable power supply: microcomputer−
controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.

Certain electrical appliances may cause
radio noise.

The power outlet is not designed for
the following electric appliances even
though their power consumption is under 115 VAC/100W. These appliances
may not operate properly.

201

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Glove box

Garage door opener
(a) Programming the HomeLink
The HomeLink in your vehicle has 3
buttons and you can store one program
for each button.
To ensure correct programming into the
HomeLink, install a new battery in the
hand−held transmitter prior to programming.
The battery side of the hand−held transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink during the programming process.

To use the glove box, do this.
To open: Pull the lever.
With the instrument panel lights on, the
glove box light will come on when the
glove box is open.
To lock: Insert the master key and turn it
clockwise.

CAUTION

The garage door opener (
Universal Transceiver) is manufactured
under license from HomeLink and can
be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks,
home lighting systems, and security
systems, etc.

For Canadian users, follow the procedure
in “Programming an entrance gate/Programming all devices in the Canadian
market”.
1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink buttons
you want to program.
2. Place your hand−held garage transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away from
the surface of the HomeLink.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink
in view while programming.

To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.

202

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

3. Simultaneously press and hold the
hand−held garage transmitter button
along with the selected HomeLink button.
4. When the indicator light on the
HomeLink changes from a slow to a
rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can
release both buttons.
5. Test the operation of the HomeLink by
pressing the newly programmed button.
If programming a garage door opener,
check to see if the garage door opens
and closes.
If the garage door does not operate, identify if your garage transmitter is of the
“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button. The garage door has the rolling code feature if
the indicator light (on the HomeLink)
flashes rapidly and then remains lit after
2 seconds. If your garage transmitter is
the “Rolling Code” type, proceed to the
heading “Programming a rolling code system”.
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each remaining HomeLink button to program
another device.

Programming a rolling code system
If your device is “Rolling Code”
equipped, it is necessary to follow
steps 1 through 4 under the heading
“Programming the HomeLink” before
proceeding with the steps listed below.
1. Locate the “training” button on the ceiling mounted garage door opener motor.
The exact location and color of the
button may vary by brand of garage
door opener. Refer to the owner’s
guide supplied by the garage door
opener manufacturer for the location of
this “training” button.
2. Press the “training” button on the ceiling mounted garage door opener motor.
Following this step, you have 30 seconds
in which to initiate step 3 below.
3. Press and release the vehicle’s programmed HomeLink button twice. The
garage door may open. If the door
does open, the programming process is
complete. If the door does not open,
press and release the button a third
time. This third press and release will
complete the programming process by
opening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door opener
motor
should
now
recognize
the
HomeLink unit and be able activate the
garage door up/down.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each remaining HomeLink button to program
another rolling code system.
Programming an entrance gate/Programming all devices in the Canadian market
1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink buttons you want to program.
2. Place
your
hand−held gate/device
transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)
away
from
the
surface
of
the
HomeLink.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink
in view while programming.
3. Press
and
hold
HomeLink button.

the

selected

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)
the hand−held gate/device transmitter
button every two seconds until step 5
is complete.
5. When the indicator light on the
HomeLink changes from a slow to a
rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can
release both buttons.

203

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink by
pressing the newly programmed button.
Check to see if the gate/device operates correctly.
7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each remaining HomeLink button to program
another device.
Programming other devices
To program other devices such as home
security systems, home door locks or
lighting, contact your authorized Toyota
dealer for assistance.
Reprogramming a button
buttons cannot be
Individual HomeLink
erased, however, to reprogram a single
button, follow the procedure “Programming
the HomeLink”.
(b) Operating the HomeLink
To operate the HomeLink, press the
appropriate HomeLink button to activate
the programmed device. The HomeLink
indicator light should come on. The
HomeLink continues to send the signal
for up to 20 seconds as long as the
button is pressed.

(c) Erasing
the
entire
HomeLink
memory (all three programs)
To erase all previously programmed codes
at one time, press and hold down the 2
outside buttons for 20 seconds until the
indicator light flashes.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase
the programs stored in the HomeLink
memory.

CAUTION

When programming the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver, you may be
operating a garage door or other
device. Make sure people and objects are out of the way of the garage door or other device to prevent potential harm or damage.

Do not use this HomeLink Univer-

sal Transceiver with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards.
(This includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before
April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object
(signaling the door to stop and reverse), does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases risk of serious injury or
death.

204

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Auxiliary box (type A)
NOTICE

This device complies with FCC Rules
Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference that may be received, including
interference that may cause undersired
operation.
WARNING: This transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and
DOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to operate the device.

During hot weather, the interior of the
vehicle becomes very hot. Do not
leave anything flammable or deformable such as a lighter, glasses, etc.
inside.

To use the box, push the lid to open.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.

205

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Auxiliary box (type B)

Auxiliary box (type C)

Auxiliary box (type D)

To use the box, pull on the handle.

To use the box, pull down the armrest,
pull up the lock release lever and open
the lid.

To use the box, pull up the lock release
lever and open the lid.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.

206

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Front cup holder (type A)
CAUTION

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans on the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in

To maximize the storage room, remove
the cup holder by pushing the side facing at its upright position.

The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink−cans securely.

case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.

To use the cup holder, push on the lid.

207

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Front cup holder (type B)

Rear cup holder (type A)
CAUTION

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in

The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink−cans securely.
To use the cup holder, pull down the armrest, pull up the lock release lever and
open the lid.

case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is pulled out.

The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink−cans securely.
To use the cup holder, pull down the armrest.

208

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Rear cup holder (type B)
CAUTION

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is pulled out.

The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink−cans securely.
To use the cup holder, open the armrest
lid by pulling up the lock release lever
and pull out the cup holder. Then close
the armrest lid.

CAUTION

Do not leave the armrest lid open,

especially when the cup holder
holds a scalding hot drink. If the lid
is forcibly pulled up, the drink may
spill over the seat occupants.

When the cup holder is in use, the
armrest lid must be securely closed
with the lock engaged.

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

209

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Floor mat
To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is pulled out.

Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the floor carpet and floor
hole, then it is designed for
locking clip. Fix the floor mat
clip into the hole in the floor

mat have a
use with a
with locking
carpet.

CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the floor carpet. If the floor
mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driving, it may cause an accident.

210

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

211

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 2

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft deterrent system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric moon roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14
17
18
27
29
34
35
37
38

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Keys (without engine
immobilizer system)

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
1. Master key—This key works in every
lock.
2. Sub key—This key will not work in the
glove box, trunk and armrest door in
the rear seat.
To protect items locked in the trunk or
glove box when using valet parking, leave
the sub key with the attendant.
Since the doors and trunk lid can be
locked without a key, you should always
carry a spare master key in case you
accidentally lock your keys inside the vehicle.

Keys (with engine immobilizer
system)

KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key number and storing it in a safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
1. Master keys (black)—These keys work
in every lock. Your Toyota dealer will
need one of them to make a new key
with a built−in transponder chip.
2. Sub key (gray)—This key will not work
in the glove box, trunk and armrest
door in the rear seat.
A transponder chip for engine immobilizer
system has been placed in the head of
the master and sub keys. These chips are
needed to enable the system to function
correctly, so be careful not to lose these
keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system
or start the engine.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

To protect items locked in the trunk or
glove box when using valet parking, leave
the sub key with the attendant.
Since the doors and trunk lid can be
locked without a key, you should always
carry a spare master key in case you
accidentally lock your keys inside the vehicle.

NOTICE
When using a key containing a transponder chip, observe the following
precautions:
z When starting the engine, do not
use the key with a key ring resting
on the key grip and do not press
the key ring against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts.

z When starting the engine, do not
use the key with other transponder
keys around (including keys of other vehicles) and do not press other
key plates against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts. If
this happens, remove the key once
and then insert it again after removing other transponder keys (including keys of other vehicles) from the
ring or while gripping or covering
them with your hand to start the
engine.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

z Do not cover the key grip with any
material that cuts off electromagnetic waves.
z Do not knock the key hard against
other objects.
z Do not leave the key exposed to
high temperatures for a long period,
such as on the dashboard and hood
under direct sunlight.
z Do not put the key in water or
wash it in an ultrasonic washer.
z Do not bend the key grip.

z Do not use the key with electromagnetic materials.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Engine immobilizer system
Inserting the registered key in the ignition
switch automatically cancels the system,
which enables the engine to start. The
indicator light will go off.
For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built−in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.
If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system or start the engine.
The engine immobilizer system is a
theft prevention system. When you insert the key in the ignition switch, the
transponder chip in the key’s head
transmits an electronic code to the vehicle. The engine will start only when
the electronic code in the chip corresponds to the registered ID code for
the vehicle.

The system is automatically set when the
key is removed from the ignition switch.
The indicator light will start flashing to
show the system is set.
If any of the following indicator conditions
occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

D The indicator light stays on except

when the theft deterrent system is setting or activating. (See “Theft deterrent
system” in this Section.)

NOTICE
Do not modify, remove or disassemble the engine immobilizer system. If any unauthorized changes or
modifications are made, proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

D The indicator light does not start flash-

ing when the key is removed from the
ignition switch.

D The indicator light flashes inconsistently.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Side doors—
When all the doors are unlocked simultaneously with a key or wireless remote
control transmitter, the interior lights and
ignition switch light come on for about 15
seconds and then fade out, even if the
door is not opened. (For further information, see “Interior light”, “Front personal
and interior lights” and “Ignition switch
light” in Section 1−5.)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with RSS−210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.
To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.
All the doors lock and unlock simultaneously with either front door. In the driver’s door lock, turning the key once will
unlock the driver’s door and twice in succession will unlock all the doors simultaneously.

(1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
Do not pull the inside handle of the
front doors while driving. The doors
will open and an accident may occur.
Toyota strongly recommends that all
children be placed in the rear seat of
the vehicle.

LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
INSIDE LOCK KNOB

WITH

Move the lock knob.
To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.
The front doors can be opened by pulling
the inside handle even if the lock knobs
are in the locked position.

Closing the door with the lock knob in the
lock position will also lock the door. Be
careful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.
Doors cannot be locked when either front
door is open and the key is in the ignition.

Driver’s side

If the vehicle is subjected to a severe
frontal, rear or side impact with the ignition switch turned to the “ON” position, all
doors will unlock automatically after a few
seconds.

Passenger’s side

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

WITH

CAUTION

Push the switch.

Before driving, be sure that the doors
are closed and locked, especially
when small children are in the vehicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the doors helps
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the vehicle during an accident. It also helps
prevent the doors from being opened
unintentionally.

To lock: Push the switch down on the
front side. To unlock: Push the switch
down on the rear side.
All the doors lock or unlock simultaneously.

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS
Move the lock knob to the “LOCK”
position as shown on the label.
When the child−protector is locked, you
cannot open the rear door by the inside
door handle. We recommend using this
feature whenever small children are in the
vehicle.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions
You can select the following modes of
the automatic locking and unlocking
functions. The initial mode is mode 1.

D Mode 4—Automatic locking and un-

5. Open door warning light will flash to
indicate that the mode has been
changed.

D Mode 1—Automatic locking linked

Locking function—All doors are automatically locked when the selector lever is moved out of the “P” position
after the ignition switch is turned to the
“ON” position and all the doors are
closed.

The flashing of the open door warning
light indicates the mode which has been
selected.

with the shift position

All doors are automatically locked when
the selector lever is moved out of the
“P” position after the ignition switch is
turned to the “ON” position and all the
doors are closed.

D Mode 2—Functions cancelled
Automatic door locking and unlocking
functions do not activate in this mode.

D Mode 3—Automatic locking and un-

locking linked with the shift position
Locking function—All doors are automatically locked when the selector lever is moved out of the “P” position
after the ignition switch is turned to the
“ON” position and all the doors are
closed.
Unlocking function—All doors are automatically unlocked when the selector
lever is moved to the “P” position when
the ignition switch is turned to the
“ON” position.

locking linked with the shift position
and ignition switch

Unlocking function—All doors are automatically unlocked when the ignition
switch is turned from the “ON” position
to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
CHANGING THE MODE
The mode toggles through from mode
1 to mode 4. To change the mode, do
the following:

D Flashing

function

has

D Flashing

function

has

once,
the
changed to mode 1.
twice, the
changed to mode 2.

D Flashing three times, the function has
changed to mode 3.

D Flashing four times, the function has
changed to mode 4.

1. Shift the selector lever into the “P”
position and close all doors.
2. Push the power door lock switch on
the rear side to unlock the doors.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
position.
4. Within 10 seconds
switch is turned to
push and hold the
switch on the front
seconds.

after the ignition
the “ON” position,
power door lock
side for about 5

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Wireless remote control
The wireless remote control system is
designed to lock or unlock all the
doors, open the trunk lid, or activate
the “PANIC” mode from a distance
within approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the
vehicle.
LOCKING
DOORS

Locking operation

AND

UNLOCKING

THE

To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switch
once to unlock the driver’s door alone.
Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds
unlocks all the doors simultaneously. Each
time the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, two
beeps will be heard, and the parking
lights, side marker lights, license plate
lights and tail lights flash twice.

To lock or unlock all the doors, push
the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch of the
transmitter slowly and securely.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,
unlocking cannot be performed by the
“UNLOCK” switch.

To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All the
doors are locked simultaneously. At this
time one beep will be heard, and parking
lights, side marker lights, license plate
lights and tail lights flash once.

When all the doors are unlocked simultaneously with a key or wireless remote
control transmitter, the interior lights and
ignition switch light come on for about 15
seconds and then fade out, even if the
door is not opened. (For further information, see “Interior light”, “Front personal
and interior lights” and “Ignition switch
light” in Section 1−5.)

Check to see that the doors are securely
locked.
If any of the doors is not securely closed,
or if the key is in the ignition switch,
locking cannot be performed by the
“LOCK” switch and a beep will sound continuously for 10 seconds.

You have 30 seconds to open a door after
using the wireless remote unlock feature.
If a door is not opened by then, all the
doors will be automatically locked again.
If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept
pressed in, the locking or unlocking operation is not repeated. Release the switch
and then push again.

Unlocking operation

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Turn the key from the “LOCK” to “ON”
position.

The “PANIC” mode does not work when
the ignition key is in the “ON” position.
SWITCHING BEEP SOUND ON AND OFF
You can switch the beep sound on and
off. (The beep sound is on initially and
after battery replacement.)
To switch the beep sound on and off:
With the driver’s door opened—
1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.
OPENING THE TRUNK LID

“PANIC” SWITCH

To open the trunk lid, push the trunk
lid open switch of the transmitter for 1
second. A long beep will sound.

Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows the
horn intermittently and flashes the
headlights, tail lights and interior light.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,
the trunk lid cannot be opened by the
trunk lid open switch.

The “PANIC” switch is used to deter vehicle theft when you witness anyone attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle.

To open the trunk lid with the master key,
see “Trunk lid” in this Section.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
alarm midway, do the following:

D Push the “PANIC” switch once again.
D Unlock any doors with the key or wireless remote control transmitter.

D Open the trunk lid with the key or wireless remote control transmitter.

2. Within 5 seconds, insert the ignition
key again and turn it to the “ON” position.
3. After 10 seconds, push the same
“LOCK”, “UNLOCK”, “PANIC” or trunk
lid open switch twice within 10 seconds.
Two beep sounds inform you that the
program has been switched on or off.
If this procedure is not followed exactly,
the beep sound will not operate as expected.
Check the beep sound ON/OFF operation
by pushing the transmitter switch after you
finish this procedure. If the beep does not
operate as expected, repeat this procedure from step 1.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

WIRELESS
TRANSMITTER

REMOTE

CONTROL

The wireless remote control transmitter is
an electronic component. Observe the following instructions in order not to cause
damage to the transmitter.

D Do not leave the transmitter in places

where the temperature becomes high
such as on the dashboard.

D Do not disassemble it.
D Avoid knocking it hard against other
objects or dropping it.

D Avoid putting it in water.
You can use up to 4 wireless remote control transmitters for the same vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
information.
If the wireless remote control transmitter
does not actuate the doors or trunk lid, or
operate from a normal distance:

D Check for closeness to a radio trans-

If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an accident. (See “If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter” in Section 4.)
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there
is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:

mitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.

D The battery may have been consumed.

Check the battery in the transmitter. To
replace the battery, see following
“REPLACING
TRANSMITTER
BATTERY”.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

D Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.

D Connect the equipment into an outlet

on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.

D Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada

REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY
For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium
battery or equivalent.

CAUTION
Special care should be taken to prevent small children from swallowing
the removed transmitter battery or
components.

NOTICE
z When replacing the transmitter battery, be careful not to lose the components.

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the
transmitter case.

z Replace only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by a
Toyota dealer.

Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:

z Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.

Replace the transmitter battery by following these procedures:

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

z Be careful not to bend the electrode
when inserting the transmitter battery and that dust or oils do not
adhere to the transmitter case.
z Close the transmitter case securely.
After replacing the battery, check that the
transmitter operates properly. If the transmitter still does not operate properly, contact your Toyota dealer.

2. Remove the discharged transmitter battery by ballpoint pen. Insert the tip of
ballpoint pen at the guide groove and
lift as shown in the above illustration.

NOTICE
Do not bend the terminals.

3. Put in a new transmitter battery with
positive (+) side up.
Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE
z Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the transmitter battery are faced correctly.
z Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause unexpected
rust.
z Do not touch or move any components inside the transmitter, or it
may interfere with proper operation.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Power windows
Jam protection function: During automatic closing operation or key off closing operation, the window stops and opens half
way if something gets caught between the
window and window frame.
If the window receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.

CAUTION

D Never try jamming any part of your
The windows can be operated with the
switch on each door.
The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
Key off operation: All windows work for
43 seconds even after the ignition switch
is turned off. They stop working when either front door is opened.

Automatic operation: Push the switch
completely down or pull it completely up,
and then release it. The window will fully
open or close. To stop the window partway, lightly move the switch in the opposite direction and then release it.

body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.

D The jam protection function may

not work if something gets caught
just before the window is fully
closed.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
Window
lock switch

To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.

D Before you close the power win-

OPERATING
WINDOWS

THE

PASSENGERS’

Use the switches on the passengers’
doors. The driver’s door also has
switches that control the passengers’
windows.
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.

dows, always make sure there is
nobody around the power windows.
You must also make sure the
heads, hands and other parts of the
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in a serious injury.
When anyone closes the power windows, make sure he or she operates the windows safely.

D When small children are in the ve-

hicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervision. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unexpected use of the switches.

If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows
cannot be operated.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Trunk lid
(lock release lever type)—
D Be sure to remove the ignition key

CAUTION

D Never leave anyone (particularly a

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving. This not only keeps the luggage
from being thrown out but also prevents exhaust gases from entering
the vehicle.

when you leave your vehicle.

small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unattended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.
To open the trunk lid from the outside,
insert the master key and turn it clockwise.
See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.
To close the trunk lid, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try
pulling it up to make sure it is securely
closed.
Vehicles with wireless remote control system—The trunk lid can be opened with the
wireless remote control transmitter, see
“—Wireless remote control” in this Section.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Lock release lever

—Luggage security system

To open the trunk lid from the driver’s
seat, pull up on the lock release lever.

This system deactivates the lock release lever so that things locked in the
trunk can be protected.

To deactivate this lock release lever from
opening the trunk lid, see “—Luggage security system” described below.

1. After closing the armrest door, insert
the master key and turn it clockwise
to lock the armrest door.

2. After closing the trunk lid, insert the
master key and turn it counterclockwise to deactivate the lock release
lever.
After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up
to make sure it is securely locked.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Trunk lid
(lock release switch type)—

—Internal trunk release handle
CAUTION

D Always lock the trunk lid and all

doors, and keep away the vehicle
keys out of children’s reach.

D Never leave children unattended in

the vehicle. Unsupervised children
may lock themselves in the vehicle
or trunk and suffer serious injuries
or death.

If a person is locked in the trunk,
he/she can pull down the phosphorescent handle on the inside of trunk lid
to open the trunk lid.
The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)
handle will continue to glow for a time
after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the
handle to stronger light will cause it to
glow longer.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,
insert the master key and turn it clockwise.
See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.
To close the trunk lid, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try
pulling it up to make sure it is securely
closed.
Vehicles with wireless remote control system—The trunk lid can be opened with the
wireless remote control transmitter, see
“—Wireless remote control” in this Section.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Lock release switch

—Trunk opener main switch

CAUTION
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving. This not only keeps the luggage
from being thrown out but also prevents exhaust gases from entering
the vehicle.

To open the trunk lid from the driver’s
seat, push the lock release switch.
To deactivate this lock release switch from
opening the trunk lid, see “—Trunk opener
main switch” described below.

Off

If you do not want to activate the trunk
lid opener system, turn off the trunk
opener main switch in the glove box.
To turn it on, push in the trunk opener
main switch.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Luggage security system

This system helps protect things locked
in the trunk by safeguarding the trunk
opener main switch from unwanted access.
1. To cancel the lock release switch,
turn off the trunk opener main
switch in the glove box.

2. After closing the glove box lid, insert the master key into the glove
box lock and turn it clockwise to
safeguard the lock release switch.

3. After closing the armrest door, insert
the master key and turn it clockwise
to lock the armrest door.
After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up
to make sure it is securely locked.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Internal trunk release handle

Hood
CAUTION

D Always lock the trunk lid and all

doors, and keep away the vehicle
keys out of children’s reach.

D Never leave children unattended in

the vehicle. Unsupervised children
may lock themselves in the vehicle
or trunk and suffer serious injuries
or death.

To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is closed and securely locked. Otherwise, the hood may open unexpectedly while driving and an accident may
occur.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Theft deterrent system

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. Then lower the hood and make sure
it locks into place. If necessary, press
down gently on the front edge to lock it.

To deter vehicle theft, the system is
designed to sound an alarm if any of
the doors, trunk or hood is forcibly unlocked or the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected when the
vehicle is locked.
The alarm blows the horn intermittently
and flashes the headlights, tail lights and
interior light.

SETTING THE SYSTEM
1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”
position and remove it.
The indicator light will start flashing when
the key is removed from the ignition
switch. (See “Engine immobilizer system”
for details.)
2. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle.
3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk and
hood.
The indicator light will remain on when all
the doors, trunk and hood are closed and
locked.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

The system will automatically be set after
30 seconds. When the system is set, the
indicator light will start flashing again.

After one minute, the alarm will automatically stop and the indicator light will start
flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator light
starts flashing, you may leave the vehicle.

Reactivating the alarm

Never leave anyone in the vehicle when
you set the system, because unlocking
from the inside will activate the system.

The alarm will activate again under the
same
circumstances
described
in
“Activating the system”.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET
Activating the system
The system will sound the alarm under
the following conditions:

D If any of the doors is unlocked or if

the trunk or hood is forcibly opened
without the key or wireless remote control transmitter.

D If the battery terminal is disconnected
and then reconnected.

D If the ignition is hotwired.
The indicator light will come on when the
system is activated.
If any of the doors is unlocked without the
key or wireless remote control transmitter
and the key is not in the ignition switch,
all the doors will be automatically locked
again.

Once set, the system automatically resets
the alarm after the alarm stops.

TESTING THE SYSTEM
1. Open all the windows.
2. Set the system as described above.
The doors should be locked with the
key or wireless remote control transmitter. Be sure to wait until the indicator
light starts flashing.
3. Unlock any door from the inside. The
system should activate the alarm.

Stopping the alarm

4. Stop the alarm as described above.

The alarm will be stopped by the following
three ways:

5. Repeat this operation for the other
doors, trunk and hood. When testing
the hood, also check that the system
is activated when the battery terminal
is disconnected and then reconnected.

D Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”
to “ON” position.

D Unlock any of the doors with the key
or wireless remote control transmitter.

D Open the trunk with the key or wireless

If the system does not work properly,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

remote control transmitter.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM
The system will be cancelled
above mentioned 3 ways.

the

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,
the theft deterrent system has been
alarmed. Check to see if there is any
abnormality with your vehicle.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Fuel tank cap

This indicates that the fuel filler door
is on the left side of your vehicle.

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
lever up.
When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-

low open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.

D When opening the cap, do not re-

move the cap quickly. In hot weather, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly removed.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap slowly counterclockwise,
then pause slightly before removing
it. After removing the cap, hang it
on the cap hanger.
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened. When installing,
turn the cap clockwise till you hear a
click.
If the cap is not tightened securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Electric moon roof
CAUTION

To operate the moon roof, use the
switch beside the front personal lights.

D Make sure the cap is tightened se-

The moon roof works when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.

curely to prevent fuel spillage in
the event of an accident.

The sun shade can be opened or closed
by hand.

D Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank

Sliding operation—

cap for replacement. It is designed
to regulate fuel tank pressure.

To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDE
OPEN” side.

Sliding operation

The roof will open and stop partway 10
mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened position. When you push “SLIDE OPEN” side
again, the moon roof will open fully. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly while the roof is moving.
As driving with the moon roof opened fully
will cause wind throbs, we recommend
you to drive with the moon roof partway
10 mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened
position.
The sun shade will be opened together
with the roof.
To close: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.

Tilting operation

The roof will fully close. To stop the roof
partway, push the switch on either the
“SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP” side briefly.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tilting operation—
To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.
You may stop the moon roof at any desired position. The roof will move while
the switch is being pushed and stop when
released.
To tilt down: Push the switch on the
“SLIDE OPEN” side.
Key off operation: If both front doors are
closed, it works for 43 seconds even after
the ignition switch is turned off. It stops
working when either front door is opened.
Jam protection function (closing operation only): If something gets caught between the moon roof and frame during
closing operation, the moon roof stops and
opens half way.
If the moon roof receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.

CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.

D While the vehicle is moving, always

keep the heads, hands and other
parts of the bodies of all occupants
away from the roof opening. Otherwise, they could be seriously injured if the vehicle stops suddenly
or if the vehicle is involved in an
accident.

D Before you close the moon roof,

always make sure there is nobody
around the moon roof. You must
also make sure nobody places his
or her head, hands and other parts
of the body in the roof opening. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in the closing roof, it could
result in a serious injury. When
anyone closes the moon roof, first
make sure it is safe to do so.

D Never leave anyone (particularly a

small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the moon roof switches and get
trapped in the roof opening. Unattended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.

D Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.

D Never try jamming any part of your

body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally.

D The jam protection function may

not work if something gets caught
just before the moon roof is fully
closed.

D Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 3

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Occupant restraint systems

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trunk storage extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42
42
46
48
49
49
50
51
61
68
73

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Front seats—
—Front seat precautions

Seats
While the vehicle is being driven, all vehicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and properly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

D Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow any passengers to sit on
top of a folded−down seatback, or
in the luggage compartment or cargo area. Persons not properly
seated and/or not properly restrained by seat belts can be severely injured in the event of emergency braking or a collision.

D During driving, do not allow any

passengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Otherwise,
severe injuries can occur in the
event of emergency braking or a
collision.

Driver seat

D Slightly recline the back of the
CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys with
considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if
the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for driver airbag
is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
in.) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety.
This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your
breastbone. If you sit less than 250
mm (10 in.) away now, you can
change your driving position in several ways:

D Move your seat to the rear as far

seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 250
mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the
seat somewhat. If reclining the back
of your seat makes it hard to see
the road, raise yourself by using a
firm, non−slippery cushion, or raise
the seat if your vehicle has that
feature.

D If your steering wheel is adjustable,
tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of
your head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot
pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.

as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Seat adjustment precautions
Front outside passenger seat

Front seats

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag also
deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback
adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.

SRS side airbags are installed in the
outboard side of the driver’s and
front passenger seats. Observe the
following precautions.

D Do not lean against the front door

D Do not adjust the seat while the
vehicle is moving as the seat may
unexpectedly move and cause the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.

D Be careful that the seat does not
hit a passenger or luggage.

when the vehicle is in use, since
the side airbag inflates with considerable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously injured.

D After adjusting the seat position, re-

D Do not use seat accessories which

your body back against the seat to
make sure the seat is locked in
position.

cover the area where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.

D Do not modify or replace the seats

or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such change may prevent
the side airbag system from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbag system to inflate accidentally, resulting in death
or serious injury.

lease the lever and try sliding the
seat forward and backward to make
sure it is locked in position.

D After adjusting the seatback, push

D Do not put objects under the seats.

Otherwise, the objects may interfere
with the seat−lock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat position adjusting lever and the seat
may suddenly move, causing the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.

D While adjusting the seat, do not put

your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. Otherwise, your
hands or fingers may be caught and
injured.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Adjusting front seats
(manual seat)
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
Hold the center of the lever and pull it
up. Then slide the seat to the desired
position with slight body pressure and
release the lever.
2. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING
KNOB
Turn the knob either way.
3. SEATBACK
LEVER

ANGLE

ADJUSTING

Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.

CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear
collision when the driver and the
front passenger are sitting up straight
and well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. In the event
of a frontal collision, the more the
seat is reclined, the greater the risk
of personal injury.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Adjusting front seats (power
seat)
1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHION
ANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH
Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seat at
that position.
Do not place anything under the front
seats, as this might interfere with the seat
movement.
2. SEATBACK
SWITCH

ANGLE

ADJUSTING

Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seatback at that position.

SUPPORT

Push the switch on either side.
The amount of lumbar support will change
while the switch is pushed.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Driving position memory
system
To make only slight changes to an already
memorized position, the easiest way is to
first activate the memorized position, then
make the desired changes and perform
step 2 above.

The micro computer can memorize the
position of the driver’s seat and outside
rear view mirror. Two different driving
position profiles can be entered into
computer’s memory.
Recording a driving position in the
computer’s memory can only be done
when the ignition key is in the “ON”
position and the automatic transmission
selector lever is in the “P” position.

SETTING THE DRIVING POSITION
1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside
rear view mirror to the desired position.
2. While pushing the “SET” button,
push button “1” or “2” until the signal beeps.
The beep sound means that the positions
are recorded in the computer’s memory.
By repeating these two steps and pressing
the remaining button, the driving position
for another driver can be recorded.
To set a new memorized position, select
the desired position and perform step 2.
The previous memory will be erased and
a new position will be set.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CONDITIONS
FOR
POSITION ACTIVATION

MEMORIZED

D Ignition key “ON” and shift lever in “P”

position
All parts of the memorized positions
can be activated. However, if the brake
pedal is being depressed, the seat
position will not change.

D Key not in ignition switch and within 30
seconds of opening driver’s door
The memorized position can be activated.

RECALLING THE MEMORIZED POSITION
When you push button “1” or “2”, the
driving position will be automatically
adjusted to the position recorded for
that button.

If any driving position memory switch is
pushed while one of the memorized driving position profiles is being activated, the
operation will stop.

CAUTION

D Do not start the vehicle while the
adjustment are being made.

D Take care not to select the wrong

button, or the seat could strike the
rear passenger or hit your body
against the steering wheel. If this
happens, you can stop the movement by pressing another driving
position memory switch, or depressing the brake pedal.

To reactivate the system, push the desired
button (“1” or “2”) again.
The driving position memory control system cannot be operated while the vehicle
is moving.
If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected,
the computer’s memory will be erased and
the memorized position will have to be set
again.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Trunk storage extension
CAUTION
Be sure to close the door when the
trunk storage extension is not in use.
Luggage or cargo in the trunk may be
thrown into the passenger compartment in a sudden stop or crash resulting in injury.

1. Pull down the armrest in the rear
seat.

2. Push down the handle of the armrest
door and open the armrest door.
Access to the trunk can be prevented by
locking the armrest door with the master
key.
To lock, turn the key clockwise.
See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Head restraints

Armrest
For your safety and comfort, adjust the
head restraint before driving.
To raise: Pull it up.
To lower: Push it down while pressing the
lock release button.
Rear center head restraint—When an occupant sits on the rear center seat, always pull up the rear center head restraint to the lock position.

Front

The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recommended.

Front (bench type front seat only)

CAUTION

D Adjust the center of the head re-

straint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.

D After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.

D Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

Rear

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Seat heaters
Front—To use the armrest, pull up the
strap and pull down the armrest as
shown above.

To turn on the seat heater, push the
switch.
At this time, the indicator light will illuminate to indicate the seat heater is
operating.

Rear—To use the armrest, pull it down
as shown above.

The key must be in the “ON” position to
operate seat heaters.
Pushing the switch again will turn it off.

CAUTION

For driver

Occupants must use caution when operating the seat heater because it
may make them feel too hot or cause
burns at low temperatures (erythema,
varicella). Use extra caution for;

D Babies, small children, elderly per-

sons, sick persons or persons with
physical disabilities

D Persons who have delicate skin
D Persons who are exhausted
D Persons who have taken alcohol or

drugs which induce sleep (sleeping
drug, cold remedy, etc.)

For front outside passenger

To prevent the seat overheating, do
not use the seat heater with a blanket, cushion, or other insulating objects which cover the seat.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
NOTICE
z Do not put unevenly weighed objects on the seat and do not stick
sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)
into the seat.
z When cleaning the seats, do not
use organic substances (paint thinner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.). They may damage the heater
and seat surface.
z To prevent the battery from being
discharge, turn the switch off when
the engine is not running.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly restrained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
The seat belts provided for your vehicle
are designed for people of adult size,
large enough to properly wear them.
Child. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
in this Section for details.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.

Do not allow any children to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious injury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. Holding a child in your arms
does not provide sufficient restraint.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the injury, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendations.

If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Fastening front outside and
rear seat belts (3−point type)
CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious bodily injury or
death in the event of sudden braking
or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:

D Use the belt for only one person at

a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.

D To reduce the risk of sliding under

the lap belt during a collision,
avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts
provide maximum protection in a
frontal or rear collision when the
driver and the front passenger are
sitting up straight and well back in
the seats. If you are reclined, the
lap belt may slide past your hips
and apply restraint forces directly
to the abdomen. In the event of a
frontal collision, the more the seat
is reclined, the greater the risk of
personal injury.

D Be careful not to damage the belt

webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or doors.

D Inspect the belt system periodically.

Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be replaced. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.

D Keep the belts clean and dry. If

they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive cleaners, or allow them to come into
contact with the belt—they may severely weaken the belts. (See
“Cleaning the interior” in Section
5.)

D Replace the belt assembly (includ-

ing bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.

Tab
Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit
straight and well back in the seat.
fasten your belt, pull it out of the
tractor and insert the tab into
buckle.

up
To
rethe

You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” in this Section.) To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull
the belt out once more.
If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

CAUTION
Take up
slack
Too high

loose−fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended event. Keep the
lap belt positioned as low on hips
as possible.

D Do not place the shoulder belt un-

Keep as low on
hips as possible

Adjust the position
shoulder belts.

D Both high−positioned lap belts and

der your arm.

the

Position the lap belt as low as
on your hips—not on your waist,
just it to a snug fit by pulling the
portion upward through the latch

lap and
possible
then adshoulder
plate.

the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function

normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from injury.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
your shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from your neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Failure to
do so could reduce the amount of
protection in an accident and cause
serious injuries in a collision.

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder
anchor—
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.
To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.

To release the belt, press the buckle
release button and allow the belt to
retract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor is
locked in position.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Fastening front center seat
belt (2−point type)
Lengthen

CAUTION

Too high

D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

Adjust to
a snug fit

D If the seat belt does not function

Sit up straight and well back in the
seat. To fasten your belt, insert the tab
into the buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
If the belt is not long enough for you, hold
the tab at a right angle to the belt and
pull on the tab.

normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt and
adjust the belt position.
To shorten the belt, pull the free end of
the belt.
Position the lap belt as low as possible
on your hips—not on your waist, then adjust it to a snug fit.

CAUTION
Both high−positioned and loose−fitting lap belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under the lap
belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt positioned as low on hips as possible.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Stowing the front center
seat belt

—Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough,
a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer to
order the proper required length for the
extender. Bring the heaviest coat you expect to wear for proper measurement and
selection of length. Additional ordering information is available at your Toyota dealer.

To release the belt, press the buckle
release button.

The front center seat belt
stowed when not in use.

can

CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following precautions.
Failure to follow these instructions
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt restraint system in case of
an accident, increasing the chance of
personal injury.

D Remember that the extender pro-

vided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, for
another person or at a different
seating position, than the one originally intended.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Be sure to wear the seat belt with-

out the seat belt extender if you
can fasten the seat belt without the
extender.

D Do not use the seat belt extender

D If the seat belt extender has been

connected to the driver’s seat belt
buckle without wearing the seat belt
when using the extender in the
driver’s seat, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that the driver wears the seat belt even if not
wearing it. In this case, the driver’s
airbag may not activate correctly,
causing death or serious injury in
the event of collision. Be sure to
wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.

when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.

To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle release buttons of the extender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extender itself.
When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Seat belt pretensioners
Collisions occurring at certain speeds and
angles may cause the seat belt pretensioners and SRS airbags not to operate
all together.

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab
that the
the belt
are not

and buckle are locked and
lap and shoulder portion of
and the seat belt extender
twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function

normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from injury.

The driver and front outside passenger
seat belt pretensioners are designed to
be activated in response to a severe
frontal impact.
When the sensor detects a severe frontal
impact, the front outside seat belts are
quickly drawn back by the retractors so
that the belts snugly restrain the occupants.
The front outside seat belt pretensioners
are activated even with no passenger in
the front outside seat.
The front outside seat belt pretensioners
and SRS airbags may not operate together
in all collisions.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

When the front outside seat belt pretensioners are activated, an operating noise
may be heard and a small amount of non−
toxic gas may be released. This does not
indicate that a fire is occurring. This gas
is normally harmless.
Once the front outside seat belt pretensioners have been activated, the seat belt
retractors remain locked.

CAUTION

The front outside seat belt pretensioner
system consists mainly of the following
components and their locations are shown
in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies
4. Airbag sensor assembly
The front outside seat belt pretensioners
are controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

Do not modify, remove, strike or open
the front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, airbag sensor or surrounding area or wiring. Failure to follow
these instructions may prevent the
front outside seat belt pretensioners
from activating correctly, cause sudden operation of the system or disable the system, which could result in
death or serious injury. Consult your
Toyota dealer about any repair and
modification.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
front outside seat belt pretensioners
in some cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Repairs on or near the front seat
belt retractor assemblies
z Modification of the suspension system
z Modification of the front end structure
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or console

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If any of the
this indicates
or seat belt
Toyota dealer

following conditions occurs,
a malfunction of the airbags
pretensioners. Contact your
as soon as possible.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.

D The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.

D If any front outside seat belt does not
This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the front outside seat belt pretensioners are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat
position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle
switch, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service reminder indicators and
warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

retract or cannot be pulled out due to
a malfunction or activation of the relevant front outside seat belt pretensioner.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:

D The seat belt pretensioner assembly or

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the

surrounding area has been damaged.

illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the front outside seat belt pretensioners to operate.

D Either front outside seat belt preten-

sioner assembly or surrounding area is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work together with
the seat belts to help reduce injury by
inflating. The SRS front airbags help reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s or front
passenger’s head or chest caused by hitting the vehicle interior.
The front passenger airbag is activated
even with no passenger in the front seat.
Always wear your seat belt properly.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags are designed to provide further protection for occupants in
the following seats in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.

D Vehicles with bucket front seats—The
SRS front airbags are designed to protect the driver and front passenger.

D Vehicles with bench type front seats—

The SRS front airbags are designed to
protect the driver and front outside
passenger, and they are not designed
to protect an occupant in the front center seating position.

CAUTION

D The SRS front airbag system is de-

signed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
The driver and front passenger can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For
instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see
“Seat belts” in this Section.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Improperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying front airbags. An infant or child
who is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” in this Section.

The SRS front airbags are designed to
deploy in severe (usually frontal) collisions where the magnitude and duration
of the forward deceleration of the vehicle exceeds the designed threshold
level.
The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision
when the vehicles has the impact straight
into a fixed barrier that does not move or
deform.
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions
where the forward deceleration of the vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the
seat belt pretensioners may not activate
together.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are generally not
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
speed frontal collision. But, whenever a
collision of any type causes sufficient
forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may
occur.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard surface

The front airbag sensors constantly monitor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.
If an impact results in a forward deceleration beyond the designed threshold level,
the system triggers the airbag inflators. At
this time a chemical reaction in the inflators very quickly fills the airbags with
non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward
motion of the occupants. The front airbags
then quickly deflate, so that there is no
obstruction of the driver’s vision should it
be necessary to continue driving.

Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.

The SRS front airbag system mainly consists of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
3. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)

When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.

4. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch
5. Driver’s seat position sensor
6. Airbag sensor assembly
7. SRS warning light
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily to the head and chest, it
may also cause other, less severe injuries
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
are usually in the nature of minor burns
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
a deploying airbag can cause more serious injuries, especially if an occupant’s
hands, arms, chest or head is in close
proximity to the airbag module at the time
of deployment. This is why it is important
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the
occupant and the airbag module; sit
straight and well back into the seat; wear
the available seat belt properly; and sit as
far as possible from the airbag module,
while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
for several minutes after deployment, so
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.

CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:

For instructions and precautions concerning the seating position, see
“—Front seat precautions” in this
Section.

D The driver sit as far back as pos-

sible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the vehicle.

D The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.

D All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.

D If the seat belt extender has been

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Do not hold a child on your lap or

in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” in this Section.

D Do not sit on the edge of the seat

or lean against the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use, since the
front passenger airbag could inflate
with considerable speed and force.
Anyone who is up against, or very
close to, an airbag when it inflates,
can be killed or seriously injured.
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, and always use your seat belt
properly.

D Toyota strongly recommends that all

infants and children be placed in
the rear seat of the vehicle and be
properly restrained.

D Do not allow a child to stand up or

kneel on the front passenger seat,
since the front passenger airbag
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the
child may be killed or seriously injured.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Do not modify or remove any wir-

D Do not put anything or any part of

your body on or in front of the
dashboard or steering wheel pad
that houses the front airbag system. They might restrict inflation or
cause death or serious injury as
they are projected rearward by the
force of the deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.

ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag cover, front
passenger airbag or airbag sensor
assembly. Doing so may prevent the
front airbag system from activating
correctly, cause sudden activation
of the system or disable the system, which could result in death or
serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS front airbag system in some
cases.
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Modification of the suspension system
z Modification of the front end structure
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.

D The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS front airbags are operating properly.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:

This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat
position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle
switch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,
inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For details, see
“Service remainder indicators and warning
buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS front airbags to inflate.

D The SRS front airbags have been inflated.

D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the

D The pad section of the steering wheel

or
front passenger
airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SRS side airbags
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbags work together with the
seat belts to help reduce injury by inflating. The SRS side airbags help to reduce
injuries mainly to the driver’s or front outside passenger’s chest.

NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.

The SRS side airbag on the passenger
seat is activated even with no passenger
in the front outside seat.
Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) side airbags are designed to provide further protection for occupants in
the following seats in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.

D Vehicles with bucket front seats—The
SRS side airbags are designed to protect the driver and front passenger.

D Vehicles with bench type front seats—

The SRS side airbags are designed to
protect the driver and front outside
passenger. They are not designed to
protect occupant in the center position.

D The SRS side airbag system is de-

signed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
To ensure maximum protection in
an accident, the driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear
their seat belts properly. Wearing a
seat belt properly during an accident reduces the chances of death
or serious injury or being thrown
out of the vehicle. For instructions
and precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” in this
Section.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Do not allow anyone to lean his/her

head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the
seat from which the SRS side airbag deploys even if he/she is a
child seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the SRS
side airbag inflates, and the impact
of the deploying airbag could cause
death or serious injury to occupant.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the front
Vehicle rollover

D Improperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this
Section.

The SRS side airbag system may not
activate if the vehicle is subjected to a
collision from the side at certain
angles, or a collision to the side of the
vehicle body other than the passenger
compartment as shown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags are not generally
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a front or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
speed side collision.

The SRS side airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
Always wear your seat belts properly.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

In a severe side impact, the side airbag
sensor triggers the side airbag inflators.
At this time a chemical reaction in the
inflators quickly fills the airbags with non−
toxic gas to help restrain the lateral motion of the occupants.

The SRS side airbag system mainly consists of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. SRS warning light

When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.

4. Side airbag sensors

Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.

The SRS side airbag system is controlled
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

Front seats may be hot for several minutes, but the airbags themselves will not
be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate
only once.

2. Airbag sensor assembly
3. Side airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)

CAUTION
SRS side airbags inflate with considerable force. To reduce the possibility
of death or serious injury when they
inflate, the driver and front passenger
must:

D Wear their seat belts properly
D Remain properly seated with their

backs upright and against the seats
at all times.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Do not use seat accessories which
cover the parts where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.

D Do not modify or replace the seats

D Do not allow anyone to lean against

the front door when the vehicle is
in use, since the side airbag could
inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, he/she may be
killed or be seriously injured. Special care should be taken especially
when you have a small child in the
vehicle.

D Sit up straight and well back in the

seat, distributing your weight evenly
in the seat. Do not apply excessive
weight to the outer side of the front
seats on vehicles with side airbags.

D Do not attach a cup holder or any
other device or object on or around
the door. When the side airbag inflates, the cup holder or any other
device or object will be thrown with
great force or the side airbag may
not activate correctly, resulting in
death or serious injury. Likewise,
the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.

or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such changes may prevent
the side airbag system from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS side airbag system in some
cases.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.

z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
z Modification of the suspension system
z Modification of the side structure of
the passenger compartment
z Repairs made on or near the console or front seat

D The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS side airbags are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat
position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle
switch, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For details,
see “Service reminder indicators and
warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.

Toyota strongly urges the use of appropriate child restraint systems for
children.
The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” in this
Section for details.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:

D Any of the SRS side airbags have
been inflated.

D The portion of the doors (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS side airbags to inflate.

D The surface of the seats with the side
airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

CAUTION

D For effective protection in automo-

bile accidents and sudden stops, a
child must be properly restrained,
using a seat belt or child restraint
system depending on the age and
size of the child. Holding a child in
your arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed
against the windshield, or between
you and the vehicle’s interior.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Child restraint system
D Toyota strongly urges use of a

proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passenger seat. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation
of the front passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child if the rear−facing child restraint system is installed on the
front passenger seat.

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with
considerable
speed
and
force.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured.

D Do not allow the child to lean his/

her head or any part of his/her
body against the door or the area
of the seat from which the side airbags deploy even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbags
inflate, because the impact could
cause death or serious injury to the
child.

D Do not use the seat belt extender

D Make sure you have complied with

all installation instructions provided
by the child restraint manufacturer
and that the system is properly secured. If it is not secured properly,
it may cause death or serious injury
to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with either the
lap belt or the lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt. You must carefully consult the manufacturer’s instructions
which accompany the child restraint
system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufacturer’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer. General directions are also
provided under the following instructions.
The child restraint system should be
installed on the rear seat. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than
in the front seat.
When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it in the trunk or somewhere other than
the passenger compartment. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the
event of a sudden stop or accident.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Types of child restraint
system
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufacturer.
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for securing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to use the anchor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” in
this Section.

(A) Infant seat

The child restraint lower anchorages approved for your vehicle may also be used.
See “—Installation with child restraint lower anchorages” in this Section.

(B) Convertible seat

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Installation with 3−point
type seat belt

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat must be used in rear−
facing position only.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

D Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.

D If the driver’s seat position does

not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.

normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

3. While pressing
against the seat
let the shoulder
it will go to hold
ly.

the infant seat firmly
cushion and seatback,
belt retract as far as
the infant seat secure-

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Move seat
fully back

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat must be used in forward−facing or rear−facing position depending on the age and size of the
child. When installing, follow the
manufacturer’s instruction about the applicable age and size of the child as
well as directions for installing the
child restraint system.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Do not allow the child to lean

against the front door or around
the front door even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbags
inflate, because the impact could
cause death or serious injury to the
child.

D Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. This can cause death or
serious injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the
instructions
provided
by
its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.

D If the driver’s seat position does

not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Do not allow the child to lean his/

her head or any part of his/her
body against the door or the area
of the seat from which the side airbags deploy even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.

Move seat
fully back

CAUTION

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and across the
child following the instructions provided
by its manufacturer and insert the tab
into the buckle taking care not to twist
the belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is
across the child’s shoulder and
lap belt is positioned as low as
on the child’s hips. See “Seat
this Section for details.

correctly
that the
possible
belts” in

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION

D Always make sure the shoulder belt

is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.

D Both high−positioned lap belts and

loose−fitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended event.
Keep the lap belt position as low
on a child’s hips as possible.

2. To remove the child restraint system,
press the buckle release button and
allow the belt to retract.

D For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Installation with 2−point
type seat belt
Same angle

Move seat
fully back
Same
height
Move seat
fully back

CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward−
facing or rear−facing position depending on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s
instruction about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing the child restraint system.

CAUTION

D Never install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible, because the force of
the deploying front passenger airbag could cause death or serious
injury to the child.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

When installing a child restraint system in
the front seat center position, move the
driver and passenger seats as far back as
possible, set both seatbacks to the same
angle as the back of the child restraint
system, and set both seat cushions at the
same height so that the child restraint
system is securely restrained.
With the child restraint system installed,
check that your driving position is satisfactory and that the child restraint system
does not interfere with your driving.
If your driving position is not satisfactory,
or the child restraint system interferes
with your driving, install it at another position.

CAUTION

D When using a forward−facing child

restraint system, move the driver
and passenger seats as far back as
possible, set both seatbacks to the
same angle as the back of the child
restraint system, set both seat
cushions at the same height and
make sure your driving position is
satisfactory.

D Ignoring the above instructions may
result in a serious injury in case of
on accident.

1. Run the center lap belt through or
around the convertible seat following
the
instructions
provided
by
its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION

D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt is not twisted.

D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.

D If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the child restraint system until
the seat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling
its free end to hold the convertible seat
securely.

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Using a top strap
Symbol

Anchor brackets

3. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.

Use the anchor bracket on the package
tray behind the rear seat to attach the top
strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seating position.
This symbol indicates the location of user
ready anchor brackets.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Remove the head restraint.

2. Remove the anchor bracket cover
with the symbol shown in the illustration.

3. Securely fasten the child restraint
system with the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
For instructions to install the child restraint system, see ”Child restraint” in this
Section.

CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages

4. Replace the head restraint.
Store any removed covers in a safe place
such as the glove box.
Be sure to replace all covers when the
anchor bracket is not in use.

Lower anchorages for the child restraint
systems complying with the FMVSS225
or
CMVSS210.2
specifications
are
installed in the rear seat.
The anchorages are installed in the clearance between the seat cushion and seatback of both outside rear seats.
Child restraint systems complying with the
FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specification
can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
case, it is not necessary to fix the child
restraint system with a seat belt on the
vehicle.

Canada only
Type A (anchor
buttons)

position

indicated

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Canada only
Type A
tags)

(anchor

Canada only
position

indicated

Type B (anchor
buttons)

Canada only
position

indicated

Type B
tags)

(anchor

position

indicated

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

For owners in Canada
The symbol on a child restraint system
indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION

SYSTEM

Type A—
1. Widen the clearance between the
seat cushion and seatback a little
and confirm the position of the lower anchorages near the buttons or
tags on the seatback.
2. Latch the hooks of lower straps onto
the anchorages and tighten the lower
straps.
Type B—
1. Widen the clearance between the
seat cushion and seatback a little
and confirm the position of the lower anchorages near the buttons or
tags on the seatback.

For installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.

CAUTION

D When using the lower anchorages

for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages and
that the seat belt is not caught.

D Push and pull the child restraint

system in different directions to
make sure it is secure. Follow all
the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

D Do not install a child restraint sys-

2. Latch the buckles onto the anchorages.
If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” in this Section.)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 4

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Steering wheel and Mirrors

Tilt steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

94
94
96
97
98

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tilt steering wheel

Outside rear view mirrors—
CAUTION

D Do not adjust the steering wheel

while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

D After adjusting the steering wheel,

try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.

To change the steering
hold the steering wheel,
release lever toward you,
ing wheel to the desired
lease the lever.

wheel angle,
pull the lock
tilt the steerangle and re-

When the steering wheel is in a low position, it will spring up as you release the
lock release lever.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the side of your vehicle in the mirror.
Be careful when judging the size or distance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
because it is a convex mirror. Any object
seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
and farther away than when seen in a flat
mirror.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Power rear view mirror
control
Vehicles with the auto anti−glare inside
rear view mirror—When the inside rear
view mirror surface darkens in “AUTO”
mode, the driver’s side outside rear view
mirror surface also darkens to reduce the
reflection of the headlights of the vehicle
behind you. (For details, see “Auto anti−
glare inside rear view mirror” in this Section.)
On some models, when you push the rear
window defogger switch, the heater panels
in the outside rear view mirrors will quickly clear the surface. (See “Rear window
and outside rear view mirror defoggers” in
Section 1−5.)

CAUTION

D Do not adjust the mirror while the

vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the
vehicle and an accident may occur
resulting in death or serious injuries.

D On some models, since the mirror

NOTICE
The outside rear view mirrors are
fixed in place. Do not try to fold the
mirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Place the switch at “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direction.
Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is
in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

surfaces can get hot, do not touch
them when the defogger switch is
on.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

NOTICE

Anti−glare inside rear view
mirror

If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de−icer to free
the mirror.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Auto anti−glare inside rear
view mirror
In “AUTO” mode, if the mirror detects light
from the headlights of the vehicle behind
you, the mirror surface darkens slightly to
reduce the reflected light.
When the inside rear view mirror surface
darkens the driver’s side outside rear view
mirror surface also darkens.
To turn off the automatic function, press
the switch on the “OFF” side.
To turn on the automatic function again,
press the switch on the “AUTO” side.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
This mirror is equipped with auto anti−
glare function. The function is designed
to reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving.
When the ignition key is inserted and
turned on, the inside rear view mirror always turns on in the “AUTO” mode.
The “AUTO” indicator illuminates to show
you that the function is on.

Adjust it before driving so that the rear
view is optimized.
When the inside air temperature is low, it
may take a little longer for the mirror to
darken in response to the detection of
headlights.

To ensure correct functioning of an
anti−glare mirror sensor located on the
back side of the mirror, do not touch
or cover the sensor with your finger or
a piece of cloth, etc.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
death or serious injuries.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Vanity mirrors

To use the vanity mirrors, swing down
the sun visor and open the cover.
The vanity lights come on when you open
the cover.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 5

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front personal and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition switch light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting the windshield wiper position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers . . . . . . . . . . .

101
106
106
107
107
108
109
109
110
112
113

100

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Headlights and turn signals
(for U.S.A.)
Automatic operation—
To turn on or off the lights automatically, twist the headlight/turn signal lever
knob to the “AUTO” position when the
ignition key is in the “ON” position.
The headlights and/or all of the lights in
position 1 automatically turn on or off depending on the darkness of the surroundings.
Manually twist the knob to the position 2
to turn on the headlights if they are needed immediately when entering a dark tunnel, parking structure, etc.
HEADLIGHTS
Manual operation—
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights
Position
above

2—Headlights

and

all

The automatic light control sensor is on
the top of the driver’s side instrument
panel.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the
windshield to block this sensor.

the

101

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Automatic light cut off system
Position 1 or “AUTO” position with the
tail lights on—
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Position 2 or “AUTO” position with the
headlights on—
The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when any of the doors or trunk
lid is opened and closed with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with wireless remote control system—The lights can be turned off immediately by pushing the “LOCK” switch on the
wireless remote control transmitter with all
the doors locked and the trunk lid closed.
If any of the doors or trunk lid is kept
open, the lights automatically turn off after
20 minutes.
To turn on the lights again, turn the ignition key to the “ON” position or actuate
the headlight switch. If you are going to
park for over one week, make sure the
knob is in the “AUTO” position.

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob
to the position 3 (“DRL OFF”) or turn the
ignition switch off.

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day. The
DRL system can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be
especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make your headlights
come on at a reduced brightness when:

D The ignition is on with the engine running.

D The light switch is in the “AUTO” position.

D The parking brake is released.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
position 1.
Twist the knob to position 2 to turn the
headlights to full intensity for night driving.

102

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Headlights and turn signals
(for Canada)

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.

TURN SIGNALS

HEADLIGHTS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.

Manual operation—

The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights

Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the

beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights
even when the headlight switch is off.

The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.

To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position
above

2—Headlights

and

all

the

If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light
bulbs” in Section 7−3.

103

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Position 2 or position 3 with the headlights on—

Automatic operation—
To turn on or off the lights automatically, twist the headlight/turn signal lever
knob to the position 3 (“AUTO”) when
the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when any of the door or trunk lid
is opened and closed with the ignition key
in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights in
position 1 automatically turn on or off depending on the darkness of the surroundings.

Vehicles with wireless remote control system—The lights can be turned off immediately by pushing the “LOCK” switch on the
wireless remote control transmitter with all
the doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2
to turn on the headlights if they are needed immediately when entering a dark tunnel, parking structure, etc.
The automatic light control sensor is on
the top of the driver’s side instrument
panel.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the
windshield to block this sensor.
Automatic light cut off system
Position 1 or position 3 with the tail
lights on—
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

If any of the door or trunk lid is kept
opened, the lights automatically turn off
after 20 minutes.
To turn on the lights again, turn the ignition key to the “ON” position or actuate
the headlight switch. If you are going to
park for over one week, make sure the
headlight switch is off.

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.

104

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
Daytime Running Light (DRL) System can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. The DRL
system can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make your headlights
come on at a reduced brightness when:

D The ignition is on with the engine running.

D The headlight switch is off.
D The parking brake is released.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
the headlights to full intensity for night
driving.

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.

TURN SIGNALS

The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the

beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights
even when the headlight switch is off.

To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light
bulbs” in Section 7−3.

105

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Emergency flashers

Instrument panel light control
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

To turn on the
push the switch.

emergency

flashers,

To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights, turn the knob.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as possible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operating.

106

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Front fog lights

Interior light
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
When the switch is in the “DOOR” position and any door is opened, the light will
come on. After all the doors are closed,
the light remains on for about 15 seconds
before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes off immediately.

D All the doors are closed when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

D The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”
To turn on the front fog lights, twist
the band of the headlight and turn signal switch lever. They will come on
only when the headlights are on low
beam.

To turn on the interior light, slide the
switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any
door is opened. The light goes off when
all the doors are closed.

or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

D All the doors are closed and locked.
When all the doors are unlocked using
either the key or the wireless remote control transmitter simultaneously, the light
will come on and remain on for about 15
seconds, before fading out.
INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION
To prevent the battery from being discharged, the light will automatically turn
off when the key is removed and the door
is left opened with the switch at “DOOR”
position for 20 minutes or more.

107

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Front personal and interior
lights
Front personal lights—

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

To turn on the front personal lights,
push the switch. To turn the lights off,
push the switch once again.

The lights come on when any door is
opened. After all the doors are closed, the
lights remain on for about 15 seconds and
then go out.

Interior lights—
The interior lights turn on when any of
the door is opened. The lights go off
when all of the doors are closed.

However, in the following cases, the lights
go off immediately.

You cannot turn off the lights when any of
the doors is opened.

tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

D All the doors are closed when the igniD The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”

or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

With moon roof

D All the doors are closed and locked.
When all the doors are unlocked using
either the key or wireless remote control
transmitter simultaneously, the lights will
come on and remain on for about 15 seconds, before fading out.
INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION
To prevent the battery from being discharged, the lights will automatically turn
off when the key is removed and the door
is left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Without moon roof

108

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Rear personal lights

Ignition switch light
When all the doors are unlocked with the
key or wireless remote control transmitter
simultaneously, the light comes on for
about 15 seconds and then fades out,
even if the door is not opened.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, the light will automatically turn
off when the key is removed and the door
is left opened for 20 minutes or more.

To turn on the rear personal light, push
the switch. To turn the light off, push
the switch once again.

For easy access to the ignition switch,
the ignition switch light comes on when
any of the doors are opened.
The light remains on for about 15 seconds
after all the doors are closed.
However, in the following cases, the light
go off immediately.

D All the doors are closed when the igni-

tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

D The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”
or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

D All the doors are closed and locked.

109

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Windshield wipers and washer

(intermittent operation type)

(raindrop detection type)
The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust the
wiping time interval when the wiper lever
is in the intermittent position (position 1).
Twist the band upward to increase the
time between sweeps, and downward to
decrease it.

Automatic control adjuster

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you (position 4).
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.

In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.

Lever position

Operation

Position 1

Intermittent
operation

NOTICE

Position 2

Low speed
operation

Position 3

High speed
operation

Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the glass
or may damage wiper blades.

Position 4

Washer on

To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position

Operation

Position 1

Automatic
operation

Position 2

Low speed
operation

Position 3

High speed
operation

Position 4

Washer on

110

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Even if the wiper lever is in the position
1, the system will switch to intermittent
operations in the following conditions:

D When the windshield gets extremely
cold (at less than −10_C [14_F])

D When the system malfunctions
However, when the windshield gets extremely hot (at more than 90_C [194_F]),
the wipers do not operate even if the
wiper lever is in the position 1.

Automatic operation (position 1)
The wiper speed is determined by the
amount of raindrops and sunlight detected
by the automatic wiper control sensor.
The automatic wiper control sensor is on
the inside of the windshield as shown
above.
If you feel that the operation of the automatic wiper control is too fast or too slow,
twist the automatic control adjuster in the
“−” direction to lower sensitivity, and “+”
direction to boost the sensitivity.

When the ignition switch is turned off with
the wiper lever in the position 1, and then
the ignition switch is turned on again, the
automatic operation may not work even if
raindrops are on the windshield.
In this case, move the lever to another
position and return it to the position 1
again.

CAUTION
Be careful not to get your fingers
caught between the wipers and windshield.
When the wiper lever is in the position 1 with the ignition switch on, the
wipers could operate automatically in
the following cases:

D If you touch the upper center of the
windshield adjacent to the sensor.

D If you wipe the upper center of the

windshield (adjacent to which the
sensor is located) with a towel or
other object.

D If the windshield vibrates.
D If you touch the sensor.
NOTICE
Do not apply detergent to or wet the
automatic wiper control sensor when
cleaning the inside of the windshield.

111

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Shifting the windshield wiper
position
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you (position 4).
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.

NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the glass
or may damage wiper blades.

The wiper blades retract under the hood
when the wipers are turned off.
In the following cases, the wipers should
be shifted from the retracted position
(position 2) to the rest position (position
1) above the hood level.

D When cleaning the windshield
D When inspecting or replacing the wipers

D When the retraction may be obstructed

by snow, etc., at the bottom of the
windshield

SHIFTING TO THE REST POSITION
Hold the connection of the wiper arm
and wiper blade and pull it upward for
more than 10 cm (3.9 in.) along the
windshield glass with the force of
about 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).

NOTICE
To prevent the wiper blades from being deformed, be sure to hold the
connection of the wiper arm and wiper blade securely.

Other than the above cases, keep the
wipers in the retracted position.

112

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Rear window and outside rear
view mirror defoggers

RETURNING
POSITION

THE

RETRACTED

Type A

Type C

To defog or defrost the rear window,
push the switch.

Push the connection of the wiper arm
and wiper blade downward.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

NOTICE

The thin heater wires on the inside of the
rear window will quickly clear the surface.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
the defogger is operating.

To prevent the wiper blades from being deformed, be sure to hold the
connection of the wiper arm and wiper blade securely.

Type C—The heater panels in the outside
rear view mirrors will also quickly clear
the surfaces. Keep your hands off the
mirror faces when the switch is on.
Type B

Push the switch once again to turn the
defoggers off.

113

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

The system will automatically shut off after the defogger has operated about 15
minutes.

CAUTION
Type C—Since the mirror surfaces
can get hot, do not touch them when
the defogger switch is on.
Make sure you turn the defoggers off
when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the
defoggers on for a long time could cause
the battery to discharge, especially during
stop−and−go driving. The defoggers are
not designed for drying rain water or for
melting snow.
On some models, if the outside rear view
mirrors are heavily coated with ice, use a
spray de−icer before operating the switch.

NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connectors.

114

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

115

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 6

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS

Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer and two trip meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

117
117
118
118
120

116

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Engine coolant temperature
gauge

Fuel gauge
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.

The gauge indicates the approximate
quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
when the ignition switch is on.
Nearly full—Needle at “F”
Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.

The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
If the needle moves into the red zone,
your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:

D Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
D Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.

117

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tachometer

Odometer and two trip meters

D Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

D Towing a trailer.
NOTICE
z Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to control the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
z Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speed
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per
minute). Use it while driving to select
correct shift points and to prevent engine lugging and over−revving.

Type A

Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.

NOTICE
Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.

Type B

118

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

3. “ODO/TRIP” button—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the button. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, display the meter A reading, then push
and hold the button until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.

Type C

This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters when the ignition
switch is on.
1. Odometer—Shows the total
the vehicle has been driven.

distance

2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the electrical power source is disconnected.

119

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers
If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(a)

(b)

Do this.
If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

Fasten driver’s seat belt.
(indicator and buzzer)

(c)

Fasten front outside passenger’s seat belt.

(d)

Stop and check.

(e)

Stop and check.

(f)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g)

Fill up tank.

120

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(h)

Do this.
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i)

Close all doors.

(j)

Replace bulb.

(k)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(l)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(m)

(n)

Add washer fluid.

Key reminder buzzer

Remove key.

121

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

(a) Brake System Warning Light
This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

D When the parking brake is applied...
This light comes on for a few seconds
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position even after the parking brake
is released.

D When the brake fluid level is low...
CAUTION
It is dangerous to continue driving
normally when the brake fluid level is
low.
Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following cases:

D The light does not come on even if the
parking brake is applied when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

D The light does not come on even if the
ignition key is turned on with the parking brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION
If either of the following conditions
occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.

D The light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may not
work properly and your stopping
distance will become longer. Depress the brake pedal firmly and
bring the vehicle to an immediate
stop.

D The brake system warning light remains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
and Buzzer
This light and buzzer remind
buckle up the driver’s seat belt.

you

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes and
buzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt is
not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the
belt, the light keep flashing and the buzzer sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Front Outside Passenger’s Seat Belt
Reminder Light
This light reminds you to buckle up the
front outside passenger’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes if a
passenger sits in the front outside passenger seat and does not fasten the seat
belt. Unless the front outside passenger
fastens the belt, the light stays on. This
light reminds you to buckle up the front
outside passenger’s seat belt.
If luggage or other load is placed on the
front outside passenger seat, depending
on its weight and how it is placed on the
seat, built−in sensors in the seat cushion
may detect the pressure, causing the reminder light to come on.

122

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

(d) Discharge Warning Light
This light warns that the battery is being
discharged.
If it comes on while you are driving, there
is a problem somewhere in the charging
system.
The engine ignition will continue to operate, however, until the battery is discharged. Turn off the air conditioning,
blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to
the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE
Do not continue driving if the engine
drive belt is broken or loose.
(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This light warns that the engine oil pressure is too low.
If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.

The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.
The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.
(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position and
goes off after the engine starts. This
means that the warning light system is
operating properly.
If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
comes on while driving, first check the
followings.

D Empty fuel tank
If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immediately.

D Loose fuel tank cap
If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
tighten it.
These cases are temporary malfunctions.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips.
If the lamp does not go off even after
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel
tank cap is not loose...

D There is a problem somewhere in the
engine, emission control system, automatic transmission electrical system or
warning light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) programs
Your vehicle may not pass a state
emission inspection if the malfunction
indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s
emission
control
system
and
OBD
(On−Board Diagnostics) system before
taking your vehicle for the inspection.
For details, see “Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

123

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
(h) “ABS” Warning Light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the
system malfunctions, the light comes on
again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system, the brake assist
system, the traction control system and
the vehicle stability control system do not
operate, but the brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the components monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.

(i) Open Door Warning Light
This light remains on until all the doors
are completely closed.
(j) Rear Light Failure Warning Light

D The light does not come on when the

If this light comes on when the headlight
switch is turned on, it indicates that one
or more of the tail lights are burned out.

D The light comes on while you are driv-

If it comes on when the brake pedal is
depressed, one or more stop lights are
burned out.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

Have defective bulbs replaced as soon as
possible.

ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.
ing.

(k) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
After about 6 seconds, the light will go
off. This means the system of the airbags and front seat belt pretensioners
are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat
position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle
switch, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources.

124

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.

D The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.

(l) “VSC” Warning Light
The light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the vehicle stability control
system or traction control system.
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
If the light comes on while driving, the
vehicle stability control system and traction control system do not work. However,
as conventional braking operates when applied, there is no problem to continue your
driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

D The light does not come on after the
ignition is turned to on.

D The light is left on after the ignition is
turned to on.

D The light comes on while driving.
The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on when the “VSC” warning light comes
on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not
pushed.
(m) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light
The light warns that the windshield washer
fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at
your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.)
(n) Key Reminder Buzzer
This buzzer reminds you to remove the
key when you open the driver’s door with
the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”
position.

CHECKING
SERVICE
REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light and low windshield
washer fluid level warning light)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Open one of the doors.
The open door warning light should
come on.
3. Close the door.
The open door warning light should go
off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators except the open door warning light should
come on. The “ABS” and “VSC” warning lights, “TRAC OFF” and slip indicator lights go off after a few seconds.
The SRS warning light goes off after
about 6 seconds.
If any service reminder indicator or warning buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.

125

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 7

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS

Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch with steering lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle stability control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

127
128
135
138
139
140

126

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Ignition switch with steering
lock
You must push in the key to turn the key
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. The
selector lever must be in the “P” position
before pushing the key.
Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—
Once you remove the key, the engine immobilizer system is automatically set. (See
“Engine immobilizer system” in Section
1−2.)

“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see Section 3.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.

When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
If the automatic unlocking operation linked
with the ignition switch is set, all doors
are automatically unlocked when the ignition switch is turned from the “ON” position to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. For
details, see “—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.

NOTICE

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.

Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be removed only at this position.

127

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Automatic transmission
"Floor shift type

Lock release button
To prevent misshifting

Selector lever

Overdrive switch

Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the lock release button depressed).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral

With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while holding the lock
release button in. (The ignition
switch must be in “ON”
position.)

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking

Shift while holding the lock
release button in.
Shift normally.

128

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift the transmission by
pushing and releasing the overdrive
switch, engine braking will not be enabled
because the cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this Section.
(c) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with overdrive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the overdrive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the overdrive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will automatically be on.

3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
If the automatic locking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all doors are
automatically locked when the selector lever is moved out of the “P” position after
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
position and all the doors are closed. For
details, see “—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions” in Section 1−2.
(d) Using engine braking

2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:

When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.

OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to third
gear.

Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.

D Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D

D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.

D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.

129

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to skid or
spin.
(e) Using “2” and “L” positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described previously.
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in first gear and automatically
shift to second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE
z Be careful not to over−rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” . . . . . . . . . . . 139 km/h (86 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 km/h (47 mph)
z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.

(g) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal pressed down,
fully depress the parking brake pedal
to apply the parking brake securely.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
If the automatic unlocking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all doors are
automatically unlocked when the selector
lever is moved to the “P” position after
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
position. For details, see “—Automatic
door locking and unlocking functions” in
Section 1−2.

NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.

130

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

(h) Good driving practice

D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between third gear and overdrive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately afterward.

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-

(i) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” in Section 4.

tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.

CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.

NOTICE
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator pedal, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.

131

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"Column shift type

Selector lever

Overdrive switch

Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the selector
lever pulled toward you).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is displayed on the instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral

With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while pilling the selector
lever toward you. (The ignition
switch must be in “ON”
position.)

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking

Shift while pulling the
selector lever toward you.

Shift normally.

132

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:

When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.

OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to third
gear.

Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.

D Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D

D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.

D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to first gear
When the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.

133

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

NOTICE
z Be careful not to overrev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” . . . . . . . . . . . 139 km/h (86 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 km/h (47 mph)
z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.

NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.

134

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Traction control system
(h) Good driving practice

D When towing a trailer, in order to main-

tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.

CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.

The traction control system automatically helps prevent the spinning of front
wheels when the vehicle is started or
accelerated on slippery road surfaces.
When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION
Under certain slippery road conditions, full traction of the vehicle and
power against front wheels cannot be
maintained, even though the traction
control system is in operation. Do not
drive the vehicle under any speed or
maneuvering conditions which may
cause the vehicle to lose traction
control. In situations where the road
surface is covered with ice or snow,
your vehicle should be fitted with
snow tires or tire chains. Always
drive at an appropriate and cautious
speed for the present road conditions.

135

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

When the traction control system is operating, the following conditions occur:

D The system controls the spinning of the
front wheels. At this time, the slip indicator light blinks.

D You may feel vibration or noise in your

vehicle, caused by operation of the
brakes. This indicates the system is
functioning properly.

NORMAL DRIVING MODE
Leave the system on during the ordinary driving so that it can operate
when needed.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the traction control system is in the self−check
mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE
When getting the vehicle out of mud or
newly fallen snow, etc., turn off the
traction control system. This system
that controls engine performance interferes with the process of freeing front
wheels.
To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.
The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on.
The vehicle stability control system is always activated, even if the traction control
system is turned off.
To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switch
once again.

136

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on for
a few seconds when the ignition key is
turned to “ON”. It will come on again
when you push the “TRAC OFF” switch to
turn off the system.

D The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light remains on after the

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light comes on while driv-

D The indicator light does not come on

ing.

when the ignition key is turned “ON”.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on when the “VSC” warning light comes
on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not
pushed.

D The indicator light remains on after the
ignition is turned on.

D The indicator light comes on with the
normal driving mode while driving.

“VSC” warning light
This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the traction control system
or the vehicle stability control system.
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
a few seconds.
If the light comes on while driving, the
system does not work. However, as conventional braking operates when applied,
there is no problem to continue your driving.

137

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Vehicle stability control
system
The vehicle stability control system
helps provide integrated control of the
systems such as anti−lock brake system, traction control, engine control,
etc. This system automatically controls
the brakes and engine to help prevent
the vehicle from skidding when cornering on a slippery road surface or operating steering wheel abruptly.
This system will activate when your vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h
(9 mph), and will deactivate when the vehicle speed reduces to below 15 km/h (9
mph).
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the system is in the self−check mode but does
not indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

D Do not rely excessively on the ve-

hicle stability control system. Even
if the vehicle stability control system is operating, you must always
drive carefully and attentively to
avoid serious injury. Reckless driving will result in an unexpected accident. If the slip indicator light
flashes and an alarm sounds, special care should be taken while
driving.

D Only use tires of specified size. The

size, manufacture, brand and tread
pattern for all 4 tires should be the
same. If you use the tires other
than specified, different type or
size, the vehicle stability control
system may not function correctly.
When replacing the tires or wheels,
contact your Toyota dealer. (See
“Checking and replacing tires” in
Section 7−2.)

If the vehicle is going to skid during driving, the slip indicator light blinks and an
alarm sounds intermittently. Special care
should be taken while driving.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

D In situations where the road surface
is covered with ice or snow, your
vehicle should be fitted with snow
tires or tire chains.

138

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Parking brake
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:

D The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.

D The warning light comes on while driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come
on when the “VSC” warning light comes
on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not
pushed.
“VSC” warning light

Type A

This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the vehicle stability control
system or the traction control system.
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
a few seconds.
If the light comes on while driving, the
system does not work. However, as conventional braking operates when applied,
there is no problem to continue your driving.

Type B

139

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Cruise control
When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
To set: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal. For better holding power, first depress the brake pedal and hold it while
setting the parking brake.
To release: Depress the parking brake
pedal while depressing the brake pedal.
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.

CAUTION
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control allows you to cruise
the vehicle at a desired speed over 40
km/h (25 mph) with your foot off the
accelerator pedal.
Your cruising speed can be maintained
although a slight speed change may occur
when driving up or down gradient, within
the limits of engine performance. On
steeper hills, a greater speed change will
occur so it is better to drive without the
cruise control.
When the cruise control is on, the driving
pattern of the automatic transmission is
fixed in the normal position, regardless of
the position of the selector switch.

CAUTION

D To help maintain maximum control

of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or
winding roads.

D Avoid vehicle speed increases when

driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.

140

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
To avoid accidental cruise control engagement, keep the cruise control
system off when not using the cruise
control.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

To operate the cruise control, push “ON/
OFF” button. This turns the system on.
The indicator light in the instrument cluster shows that you can now set your desired cruising speed. Another push will
turn the system completely off.

The transmission must be in “D” before
you set the cruise control speed.

When the ignition key is turned off, the
system automatically turned off. To use
the cruise control again, push “ON/OFF”
button again to turn it on.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push “COAST SET” button and release it.
This sets the vehicle at that speed. If the
speed is not satisfactory, push “RES ACC”
button for a faster speed, or push “SET
COAST” button for a slower speed. Each
push changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h
(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off
the accelerator pedal.

141

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.
CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED
You can cancel the preset speed by:
a. Depressing the brake pedal.
b. Pushing “CANCEL” button and releasing it.
c. Pushing “ON/OFF” button.
If the vehicle speed falls below about 40
km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will be
automatically cancelled.
If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the preset speed, the preset
speed will be also automatically cancelled.
If the preset speed automatically cancels
out for any other reasons, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the
earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
Push “RES ACC” button and hold it. Release the button the desired speed is attained. While the button is pushed, the
vehicle will gradually gain speed.
When the difference between the actual
vehicle speed and the set speed is less
than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can
be increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time
by pushing “RES ACC” button quickly
within 0.6 seconds.
However, a faster way to reset is to accelerate the vehicle and then push
“COAST SET” button.
RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED
Push “COAST SET” button and hold it.
Release the button when the desired
speed is attained. While the button is
pushed, the vehicle speed will gradually
decrease.
When the difference is 5 km/h (3 mph) or
more, the vehicle will cruise with its actual speed. When the difference between the
actual vehicle speed and the set speed is
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed
can be lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each
time by pushing “COAST SET” button
quickly within 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to depress the brake pedal and then push
“COAST SET” button.
Even if you turn off the overdrive switch
with the cruise control on, engine braking
will not be applied because the cruise
control is not cancelled. To decrease the
vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed
with the cruise control button or depress
the brake pedal. If you use the brake
pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED
If the preset speed is cancelled by pushing “CANCEL” button or by depressing the
brake pedal, pushing “RES ACC” button
will restore the speed set prior to cancellation. However, once the vehicle speed
falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the
preset speed will not be resumed.
CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
If “CRUISE” indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes when using the
cruise control, push “ON/OFF” button to
turn the system off and then push it again
to turn it on.
If any of the following conditions then occurs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.

142

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D The indicator light does not come on.
D The indicator light flashes again.
D The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.

143

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 8

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Car audio system
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Using your audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Car audio system operating hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

144

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Using your audio system—
—Some basics

Reference

This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your system.
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” to turn
on
that
function
without
pushing
“PWR·VOL”.
Type 1: AM·FM radio/cassette player/compact disc player (with compact disc
changer controller)

Type 2: AM·FM radio/cassette player/compact disc player with changer

You can turn on each player by inserting
a cassette tape or compact disc.
You can turn off each player by ejecting
the cassette tape or compact disc. If the
audio system was previously off, then the
entire audio system will be turned off
when you eject the cassette tape or compact disc. If the another function was previously playing, it will come on again.
SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” if the
system is already on but you want to
switch from one function to another.

145

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

TONE AND BALANCE

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

For details about your system’s tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.

Your vehicle has an antenna printed on
the inside of the rear window.

When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. (The player will
automatically eject a disc if the label side
is down.) The compact disc player will
play from track 1 through the end of the
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

Tone
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange, and bass levels. In
fact, different kinds of music and vocal
programs usually sound better with different mixes of treble, midrange and bass.
Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.
Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the volume of one group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.

NOTICE
Attaching the film (especially conductive or metallic type) on the rear window will noticeably reduce the sensitivity of the radio.
YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
When you insert a cassette, the exposed
tape should face to the right.

NOTICE
Do not oil any part of the player and
do not insert anything other than cassette tapes into the slot, or the tape
player may be damaged.

NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.

146

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

YOUR COMPACT DISC CHANGER (type
2)
When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”
button and gently push the disc in with
the label side up. (The player will automatically eject a disc if the label side is
down.) The compact disc changer will play
from track 1 through the end of the disc.
Then it will play from track 1 of the next
disc.
The changer is intended for use with 12
cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE
z Do not stack up two discs for insertion, or it will cause damage to
the compact disc changer. Insert
only one compact disc into slot at
a time.
z Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.

147

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Controls and features
"Type 1
Details of specific buttons, controls, and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

Preset buttons

148

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Preset buttons
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The button number will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM”.)
(Eject button)
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette. Push the compact disc
eject button to eject a compact disc.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a cassette or disc,
but you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Reverse/Fast forward button)
Cassette Player
Push the fast forward button to fast for” will appear
ward a cassette tape. “
on the display. Push the reverse button to
” will appear on the
rewind a tape. “
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forwarding, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cassette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards completely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto−reverse feature.

AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control
and mode adjustment)
Manual tone adjustment function—
This knob is used to adjust the tone
manually.
For low−pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“BASS” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.

Compact Disc Player

The display will show the range from
“BASS −5” to “BASS 5”.

If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.

For middle−pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“MID” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from “MID
−5” to “MID 5”.

149

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

For high−pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“TREB” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“TREB −5” to “TREB 5”.
Sound balance adjustment function—
This knob is also used to adjust the
sound balance between the front and rear,
and the right and left speakers.
For front/rear adjustment, push “AUDIO
CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “FADE”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to adjust the front/rear balance.
The display will show the range from
“FADE FRONT 7” to “FADE REAR 7”.
For left/right adjustment, push “AUDIO
CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears on the display. Then turn the knob
to adjust the left/right balance.
The display will show the range from “BAL
LEFT 7” to “BAL RIGHT 7”.

CD (Compact Disc)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cassette operation to compact disc operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the compact disc player by pushing
“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already
be loaded in the player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played. Each time you push “CD”, the
system changes to the automatic changer.
If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display one of the six following
error messages.
If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indicates that the inside of the player unit
may be too hot due to the very high ambient temperature. Remove the disc or magazine from the player and allow the player
to cool down.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the
display, it indicates there is a trouble inside the system. Eject the disc or magazine. Set the disc or magazine again.
If “OPEn” appears on the display, it
indicates the compact disc changer lid is
open. Close the compact disc changer lid.
If the malfunction is not rectified, take
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC
Compact disc changer only—
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen to
appears on the display.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, it
indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it
was inserted up−side down. Clean the
disc or insert it correctly.
If “Err 2” appears on the display, it
indicates no disc is loaded inside the
magazine. Insert a disc.

150

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Dolbyr

B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction,
B” will
push the “ ” button. The “
appear on the display. Push the button
again to turn off Dolbyr B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduction, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
∗ : Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.

FM
Push “FM” to turn on the radio and select
the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear
on the display. This system allows you to
set twelve FM stations, two for each button.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push
“FM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.

PROG (Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“ ” indicates
top side, “

” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the compact discs in the magazine in random order, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “
”. “
”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, you held the button
too long, and the player will play all the
tracks in the magazine in random order.
To turn off the random feature, push this
button again.
Compact disc changer only—
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
” until you hear a
Push and hold “
beep. “
” will appear on the display
and the player will perform all the tracks
on all the discs in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature,
push this button again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “
” while the track is playing.
“
” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.

151

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Compact Disc Player

SCAN

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.

Radio

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.

Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “
” while the
track is playing. “
” will appear on the
display. If you hear a beep, you held the
button too long, and the player will repeat
the whole disc. When the track ends, it
will automatically be replayed. This process will be continued until you push the
button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Compact disc changer only—
Repeating a disc:
” until you hear a
Push and hold “
beep. “
” will appear on the display.
The player will repeat all the tracks on the
disc you are listening to. When the disc
ends, the player will automatically go back
to the first track on the disc and replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.

You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset stations. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, you
held the button too long, and the player
will scan the first track of all the discs in
the magazine. To select a track, push
“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all
the tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.
Compact disc changer only—
Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“
·SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will perform the first track
of the next disc. To select a disc, push
the “SCAN” again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

152

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of “SEEK”.
Do this again to find the station after that.
If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side
of “SEEK”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for stations and will stop at
the next station that it finds after the button is released. on reception. Press the
button again to resume the search.
Cassette Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
From “SEEK +9” to “SEEK −9” will appear
on the display.
Next, push either side of
until the number on the
the number of tracks you
you push the button ten
feature will be turned off.

the track button
display reaches
want to skip. If
times, the skip

When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two before the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.
If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.
The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.

D After the beginning of the tape is

reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.

D After the end of the tape is reached,

the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.
TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or compact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact Disc Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.

153

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

TUNE (Tuning)
Push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of
“TUNE” to step up or down the station
band. Do this again to find another frequency.
If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side
of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for frequencies and will stop
at the next frequency that it finds after the
button is released. Press the button again
to resume the search.

154

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

"Type 2
Details of specific buttons, controls, and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.
Preset buttons

155

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Preset buttons

Compact disc

These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations. These preset buttons are programmable only when RDS is
not selected.

This button is used to eject one or all
compact discs. To eject the current compact disc, push and release the compact
disc eject button. To eject all specific
discs, push either side of the “DISC” button until the number of the disc you want
to eject is displayed. Push and release
the eject button. To eject all discs, press
and hold the eject button until you hear
a beep. The last compact disc played before pushing the button will be ejected
first. If the ejected disc is not removed for
a long time, the eject function will be
cancelled.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or
“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency
will appear on the display.
This radio can store one AM and two FM
stations for each button. (The display will
show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM”.)
(Eject button)
Cassette tape
This button is used to eject a cassette.
While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you can
eject a cassette but you cannot reinsert
it.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you can
eject one or all discs but you cannot reinsert them.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)
Cassette Player
Push the fast−forward button to fast−forward a cassette tape. “
” will appear
on the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “
” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast−forwarding, push the fast−forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape rewinds completely, the cassette
player will stop and then play that same
side. If a tape fast−forwards completely,
the cassette will play the other side of the
tape using the auto−reverse feature.
Compact Disc Player
If you want to fast−forward or reverse a
compact disc track, push and hold the
fast−forward or reverse button. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.

156

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.

Push “CD” while in radio or cassette
mode to switch to compact disc mode. If
the audio system is off, pressing “CD” will
turn on the compact disc player. A disc
must be loaded in the player.

If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to AM.
AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control
and mode adjustment)
Each time you push the AUDIO CONTROL
knob, the mode changes. To adjust the
tone and balance, turn the knob.
BASS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
TREBLE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The
display ranges from −5 to 5.
BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance between the right and left speakers. The
display ranges from −7 to 7.
FADER: Adjusts the sound balance between the front and rear speakers. The
display ranges from −7 to 7.

When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played.
If the player or another unit equipped with
the player malfunctions, your audio system
will display one of the six following error
messages.
Error codes
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot due to temperature. Allow
the player to cool down.
“ERR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged
or inserted incorrectly (up−side down).
Clean disc and re−insert.
“ERR 2”: The compact disc player is
empty. Load disc and re−try.

If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen
appears on the display.
Dolbyr

B NR∗

: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
double D symbol
Licensing Corporation.

“ERR 3” or “ERR 4”: This indicates internal error. Re−load discs.
“OPEn”: The compact disc changer lid is
open. Close the compact disc changer lid.

157

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

FM
Push “FM” to turn on the radio
band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear
display. This system allows you
twelve FM stations, two for each
six preset button.

to
on
to
of

FM
the
set
the

If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push
“FM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to FM.
LOAD
This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc changer which
is integrated with the radio and cassette
player. This compact disc changer can
store up to 6 discs.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the load function.
Loading one compact disc only—
To load one compact disc only, quickly
push and release the button. If you hold
the button too long (if the audio system
is on at this time, you hear a beep.), the
mechanism will change to the mode for
loading multiple compact discs. After
pushing the button, insert a compact disc.
After the disc is loaded, the shutter of the
slot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
Loading multiple compact discs—
To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold the button (until you hear a beep
when the audio system is on). After pushing the button, insert the first compact
disc. After the disc is loaded, the shutter
of the slot will close. After a few seconds,
the shutter will automatically open again
so the next disc can be inserted. The
same process can be applied for loading
the rest of the discs.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.

MSG (Message)
This button is operational only in RDS
mode.
When an RDS radio station transmits a
text message, “MSG” will be displayed. At
this time, push “MSG” button to view the
text message. The message display will
be canceled if any button that affects the
display is pushed. To view the message
again, push the “MSG” button again. After
the entire message has been displayed,
the message will disappear.
The RDS audio system has memory to
store three 64 character messages. To
store a message in memory, push and
hold the “MSG” button until you hear a
beep.
If 3 messages are already stored in
memory, the oldest message will be overwritten by the new message.
To recall a radio text message, push the
“MSG” button momentarily. This will display the most recent message. A second
push of the “MSG” button while the most
stored message(s) are displayed begins
with the newest one.

158

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If no messages have been stored, or if
there are no more messages to be recalled, “NO MSG STORED” will appear on
the display, and the message display will
be canceled. The display then returns to
show the program service name. The
message display will be canceled if you
activate any function that affects the display.
Message display can be canceled by
pressing any of the following buttons:
“AM”, “FM”, “CD”, “TAPE”, “LOAD”,
“SEEK”, “TUNE”, any preset, “SCAN”, any
audio control, “RDS”, “SRCH” or “”. If the current station is not a
traffic program and traffic announcements
is off, pushing “TRAF” will cancel the display. The message will be canceled after
the entire message has been displayed.

(Program Types)

Program Type List

This button is operational only in RDS
mode.

The following program type names are
available. After a program type search,
the radio will display one of the following
program types for 3 seconds, then the
program type name for 3 seconds (if
available). After that, it will display the
first 8 characters of the program service
name of the current station.

PROG (Program)

After a program type is being displayed,
subsequent pushes of this button within 3
seconds will toggle through the available
program types. Pushing the right or left
arrows repeatedly will increment or decrement the display through the available program types in alphabetical order.

The “
” button switches the side of
the cassette being played. The display indicates which side is currently selected
(“°” indicates top side, “±” indicates bottom side).
Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette
reaches the end of a tape, it automatically
reverses and begins to play the other
side. This feature works both in play and
fast−forward mode.

This button is used for program type
(PTY) search of RDS stations. 32 program
types are available as listed here.
By pushing this button, RDS turns on in
FM mode and “RDS” will be displayed. If
the program type search is not already
performed, the radio will start a program
type search (see “SRCH” for details). If a
program type search has already been
performed, the last active program type
will be tuned.
If you are already in FM type
a program type is not already
played, pushing this button will
display for the current program

mode and
being disrecall the
type.

Program types included are

D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

Adlt Hit (Adult Hits)
Alert! (Emergency message)
Classicl (Classical)
Cls Rock (Classic Rock)
College
Country
Inform (Information)
Jazz
Language
News
Nostalga (Nostalgia)
Oldies
Persnlty (Personality)
Public
R & B (Rhythm and Blues)
Rel Musc (Religious Music)

159

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

Rel Talk (Religious Talk)

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Rock

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.

Soft
Soft R&B (Soft Rhythm and Blues)
Soft Rck (Soft Rock)
Sports
Talk
Test (Emergency Test)
Top 40
Weather

RDS (Radio Data System)
Your audio system is equipped with Radio
Data Systems (RDS). RDS mode provides
you to receive text messages from radio
stations that utilize RDS transmitters.
If the FM radio, cassette player or compact disc player is on, pushing this button
will turn RDS on or off.
When RDS is on, the radio can
—select only stations of a particular program type,
—seek to stations with traffic announcements,
—display messages from radio stations,
—search for a stronger signal station,
—receive announcements concerning local
and national emergencies (even if RDS
function is turned off)

ALERT: This type of announcement warns
of national or local emergencies. You will
not be able to turn off alert announcements. Alert announcements will come on
even if RDS mode is turned off. “Alert!”
appears on the display when an alert announcement plays. The radio uses TA volume during these announcements. When
an alert announcement comes on the
tuned radio station or a related network
station, you will hear it even if the volume
is muted or a cassette tape or compact
disc is playing. If the radio tunes to a
related network station for an alert announcement, it will return to the original
station when the announcement is finished. If the cassette tape or compact
disc player is playing, play will stop for
the announcement and resume when the
announcement is finished.

RDS features are available for use only
on FM stations which broadcast RDS information.

160

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

RND (Random)

RPT (Repeat)

Compact Disc Player

There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the compact discs in the magazine in random order, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.

Cassette Player

There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “
”. “
”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, the player will play all
the tracks in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature, push
this button again.
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display
and the player will perform all the tracks
on all the discs in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature,
push this button again.

Push “
” while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically rewind
and replay. To turn off the repeat feature,
push this button again.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.

Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “
” while the
” will appear on the
track is playing. “
display. If you hear a beep, the player will
repeat the whole disc. When the track
ends, it will automatically replay. To turn
off the repeat feature, push this button
again.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display.
The player will repeat all the tracks on the
disc you are listening to. When the disc
ends, the player will automatically go back
to the first track on the disc and replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.

161

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SCAN

Compact Disc Player

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.

Radio

To seek the next station, quickly push and
release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of “SEEK”.
Do this again to find the station after that.

You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. The
radio will find the next station up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and
then scan again to the next preset. To
select a station, push “SCAN” again. If
you hear a beep, the radio will scan the
preset stations.

Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“DSCAN” will appear on the display and
the player will scan the first track of the
next disc. To select a disc, push the
“SCAN” again. If the player has scanned
all the discs, it will stop scanning.

In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.

If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side
of “SEEK”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for stations and will stop at
the next station that it finds after the button is released. Press the button again to
resume the search.
Cassette Player
By using this button you can skip up or
down to locate a song or recording.
You can select up to 9 recordings (including current one).
A blank space of at least 3 seconds is
considered to be a start of a recording.
When beginning of a tape is reached, the
player automatically resumes play.
When the end of the tape is reached, the
player automatically reverses sides and
resumes normal play.

162

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

In addition, the feature may not work well
with some spoken word, live, or classical
recordings.
SRCH (Search)
This feature is available only in RDS
mode.
This button allows you to search all available RDS stations out of the entire FM
band and sort them by program type (see
“” for details on program
types).
By pushing this button, RDS is turned on
if it was off (“RDS” will display). The radio
is switched to FM type mode. During the
program type search, “SEARCHING....” will
show on the display. Also at this time,
“FM” and “TYPE” will appear on the display to indicate that the preset buttons are
for program type.
After searching for all available RDS stations, the radio will activate the previously
used program type. If the previously used
program type is not available, or if the
radio has not yet performed a program
type search, the radio will activate the
first available program type, in alphabetical order, that has stations in memory.
The radio will preset the stations of the
current program type into the preset buttons.

If more than 6 stations of a program type
are found, the radio will create a second
bank of presets, such as “Rock 1” and
“Rock 2”. These are accessible through
the “” button. If more than
12 stations are found, the radio will load
the 12 strongest stations signal of the
program type into the presets.
After the search is complete, the radio will
display the number of RDS stations found
for 3 seconds: for example, “Found 19
RDS.” The radio will then display the selected program type for 3 seconds: for
example, “ROCK”. After the program type
has been displayed for 3 seconds, the
radio will display the program type name
for 3 seconds. After that, the radio will
display the program service name.
Day mode (headlights off): The radio will
only display the number of presets that
have a frequency for the selected program
type. For example, if program type Rock
is selected, and there are three rock stations, only preset numbers 1, 2 and 3 will
be displayed. The remaining preset numbers will not be displayed and the remaining preset button(s) will have no function.

Night mode (headlights on): In addition to
the display described for day mode, the
radio will illuminate the jewels of the presets that have stations available. The remaining preset button(s) will have no function.
A type search in progress can be canceled by pushing the following buttons:
“SEEK”, “TUNE”, “SCAN”, “AM”, “FM”, any
preset button, “CD” (if CD mode is available), “TAPE” (if tape mode is available),
“RDS”,
“SRCH”,
“”,
“TRAF” or “LOAD”. If any of these buttons
is pressed, the search will be canceled
and the appropriate function started. Inserting a tape will also cancel the search.
If no RDS stations are found, “FOUND 0
RDS” will display and the radio will return
to the previous FM mode and frequency.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

163

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or compact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, quickly push the down side of the
button one time.
TRAF (Traffic)
This feature is available only in RDS
mode.
This button turns the traffic announcement
(TA) feature on and off.

By pushing this button, RDS is turned on
if it was off (“RDS” will display), and traffic announcement feature is on. “TRAF”
appears on the display when the radio is
tuned to a traffic station. When the traffic
announcement feature is on, “< >” will be
displayed ().
If the current station is not a traffic station, the radio will start a traffic program
search in increasing frequency order. During a traffic program search, “Seek Traffic”
will display. If no traffic programs are
found, “No Traf Info” will display.
If the radio receives a traffic announcement, it will interrupt the cassette player
or compact disc mode (if either one was
on), adjust the volume to Traffic Announcement level, and broadcast the traffic announcement. During a traffic announcement, “TRAFFIC” will appear on the
display. After traffic announcement, it will
return to the previous mode and volume
level.
TA volume memory function—The volume
level when receiving the traffic announcement is memorized.

When “TA” is received next time, the system compares the volume before “TA” is
received and the memorized TA volume
and automatically selects the louder volume. However, the range of volume
memory is limited: if the volume received
previously is less than the minimum, this
volume will be used.
You can adjust the volume independently
from the memorized TA volume range
while receiving a TA station.
Traffic announcement can be canceled by
turning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”
button again.
TUNE (Tuning)
Push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of
“TUNE” to step up or down the station
band. Do this again to find another frequency.
If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side
of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for frequencies and will stop
at the next frequency that it finds after the
button is released. Press the button again
to resume the search.

164

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Car audio system operating
hints
NOTICE
To ensure correct audio system operations:
z Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio system.
z Do not put anything other than a
cassette tape or Compact Disc into
the slot.
z The use of a cellular phone inside
or near the vehicle may cause a
noise from the speakers of the audio system which you are listening
to. However, this does not indicate
a malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. The farther you are from a
station, the weaker its signal will be. In
addition,
reception conditions change
constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception problems that you may experience.
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by distortion.
Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.
Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.

AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere−especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected signal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broadcast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electrical motors. This results in static.

Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weakened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again.

165

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
AND TAPES
For the best performance for your cassette player and tapes:
Clean the tape head and other parts regularly.

D A dirty tape head or tape path can

decrease sound quality and tangle your
cassette tapes. The easiest way to
clean them is by using a cleaning tape.
(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high−quality cassettes.

D Low−quality cassette tapes can cause

many problems, including poor sound,
inconsistent
playing
speed,
and
constant auto−reversing. They can also
get stuck or tangled in the cassette
player.

D Do not use a cassette if it has been
damaged or tangled or if its label is
peeling off.

D Do not leave a cassette in the player
if you are not listening to it, especially
if it is hot outside.

D Avoid using cassettes with a total play-

ing time longer than 100 minutes (50
minutes per side). The tape used in
these cassettes is thin and could get
stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR
PLAYER AND DISCS

COMPACT

DISC

D Your compact disc player is intended
for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

D Extremely high temperatures can keep

your compact disc player from working.
On hot days, use the air conditioning
to cool the vehicle interior before you
listen to a disc.

D Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player skip.

D If moisture gets into your compact disc

player, you may not hear any sound
even though your compact disc player
appears to be working. Remove the
disc from the player and wait until it
dries.

CAUTION
Compact disc players use an invisible
laser beam which could cause hazardous radiation exposure if directed
outside the unit. Be sure to operate
the player correctly.

D Store cassettes in their cases and out
of direct sunlight.

166

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Use only compact discs marked as

Special shaped discs

Low quality discs

Transparent/translucent discs

Labeled discs

shown above. The following products
may not be playable on your compact
disc player.
Copy−protected CD
CD−R (CD−Recordable)
CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)
CD−ROM

167

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

NOTICE
Do not use special shaped, transparent/translucent, low quality or labeled
discs such as those shown in the illustrations. The use of such discs
may damage the player or changer, or
it may be impossible to eject the
disc.
Correct

Wrong

D Handle compact discs carefully, espe-

cially when you are inserting them.
Hold them on the edge and do not
bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints
on them, particularly on the shiny side.

D Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, or

other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
disc up to the light.)

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
soft, lint−free cloth that has been dampened with water. Wipe in a straight line
from the center to the edge of the disc
(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventional
record cleaner or anti−static device.

D Remove discs from the compact disc

player when you are not listening to
them. Store them in their plastic cases
away from moisture, heat, and direct
sunlight.

168

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

169

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

1− 9

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Manual air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing the air conditioning filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

171
175
175
178
182
182
185
185

170

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Manual air conditioning system—
—Controls
1. Temperature selector
(mainly for driver and secondarily for
front passenger)
2. Air intake selector
3. “A/C” button
4. Temperature selector
(mainly for front passenger and
secondarily for driver)
5. Air flow selector
6. Fan speed selector

171

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Fan speed selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to
the right to increase, to the left to decrease.
Temperature selector
Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—
to the right to warm, to the left to cool.
Knowledge for the two−temperature selector operation
This air conditioning system has two independent temperature selectors: left and
right (for the use of driver and front passenger respectively).

D There are cases where the temperature

of the airflow may not accurately correlate on the driver and front passenger
side according to circumstances, even
if the left and right temperature selectors are set at the same temperature.
If this situation occurs, use the fine
tune operation to adjust the air temperature on one side.
Note: This manual dual temperature selectors should generally only be used
as independent temperature settings for
the left and right.

D There are cases where one or both of

the airflow temperatures may not accurately correlate with the set temperature according to circumstances, when
the airflow temperature settings on the
left and right are substantially different.
For example, if the left controller is set
at central or neutral temperature while
the right one is set at maximum heating or maximum cooling, or vice versa.
If this situation occurs, use the fine
tune operation to adjust the air temperature on each side.
Air flow selector
Turn the knob to select the vents used for
air flow.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly
instrument panel vents.

from

the

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
When you set the temperature selector
setting at about the center, warm air
flows out of the floor vents and relatively low−temperature air flows out of
the center and side vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.

172

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.

Turning the air flow selector to the
floor/windshield position turns on the
defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.

For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” described below.

This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.
This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.

Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
An indicator light will illuminate to show
which air intake mode is being selected.
1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.

If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

173

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

“A/C” button
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

174

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Air flow selector settings

—Operating tips
D To cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.

D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.

D Keep the area under the front seats

clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.

D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.

D When driving on dusty roads, close all
On some models

windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.

175

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D If following another vehicle on a dusty

road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.

Heating

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON

D For quick heating, select recirculated

D For quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been
warmed.

D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.

D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat

the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.

air for a few minutes.

Ventilation
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF

176

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Defogging

Defrosting

The inside of the windshield

The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone) to heat;
COLD (blue zone) to
cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the windshield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
When turning the air flow selector to windshield or floor/windshield position, the air
intake selects FRESH automatically. This
is to clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the windshield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defrosting function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
When turning the air flow selector to windshield or floor/windshield position, the air
intake selects FRESH automatically. This
is to clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting
the
windshield,
floor/windshield air flow.

choose

177

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Automatic air conditioning system—
—Controls
1. “AUTO” button
2. “OFF” button
3. Air intake selector
4. Windshield air flow button
5. “A/C” button
6. “DUAL” button
7. Temperature selector
(Only for the independent mode that
display shows “DUAL”; mainly for front
passenger and secondarily for driver)
8. “MODE” button (air flow selector)
9. Fan speed selector
10. Temperature selector
(At the independent mode that display
shows “DUAL”; mainly for driver and
secondarily for front passenger)
(At the linked mode that display does
not show “DUAL”; for driver)

178

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

“AUTO” button

Temperature selector

For automatic operation of the air conditioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”
will appear on the display to show that
the automatic operation mode has been
selected.

To increase the temperature, press the
“Ɯ” side, to decrease it, press the “Ɲ”
side.

In the automatic operation mode, the air
conditioning selects the most suitable fan
speed, air flow, air intake and on−off of
the air conditioning according to the temperature.
When you press the “AUTO” button with
the air intake mode at FRESH, internal
circulation may be applied for maximum
cooling.
You may use manual controls if you want
to select your own settings.
Fan speed selector
Push the “>” (increase) or “<” (decrease)
side of the button to adjust the fan speed.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to adjust the fan speed unless you desire
another fan speed mode.

“MAX. COLD” appears when you adjust to
maximum cooling, and “MAX. HOT” when
you adjust to maximum warming.
The temperature display changes between
“_C” and “_F” when the unit of the outside
temperature display is changed.
“DUAL” button
This switch is used to set the temperatures independently for the driver’s seat
and front passenger seat.
Pushing the button changes
from independent and linked.

the mode

Independent mode: Temperatures can be
set independently for the driver’s seat and
front passenger’s seat. “DUAL” will appear
on the display to show that the independent mode has been selected.
Linked mode: The same temperature is
set for the driver’s seat and front passenger’s seat.
When the temperature for the front passenger’s seat is changed in linked mode,
the mode is changed automatically to independent mode.

Knowledge for the two−temperature selector operation
This air conditioning system has two independent temperature selectors: left and
right (for the use of driver and front passenger respectively).

D There are cases where the temperature

D There are cases where one or both of

“OFF” button
Push the “OFF” button to turn off the air
conditioning system.

179

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

1. Panel—Air flows mainly
instrument panel vents.

from

the

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
When you set the temperature selector
setting at about the middle in automatic
operation, warm air flows out of the
floor vents and relatively low−temperature air flows out of the center and
side vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
“MODE” button (air flow selector)
Push the “MODE” button to select the
vents used for air flow.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to select the air flow unless you desire
another air flow mode.

4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.
Use with the air intake selector positioned in FRESH.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” described below.

Windshield air flow button
When this button is pressed, air flows
mainly from the windshield vents and
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
Pressing this button once again returns
the air flow mode to the last one used.
This button allows the air intake to select
FRESH automatically. This is to clean up
the front view more quickly. If you want
to return the setting to RECIRCULATE
mode, press the air intake selector button
once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” described below.

180

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
The air intake mode which is being selected is shown on the display.
1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.
For example, when the ambient temperature is low, the air intake mode may
change automatically to FRESH. This is
not a malfunction.

181

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Air flow selector settings

—Operating tips
D To cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.

D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.

D Keep the area under the front seats

clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.

D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.

D When driving on dusty roads, close all
On some models

182

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D If following another vehicle on a dusty

Heating

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
—For manual operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—ON
—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON

D For quick heating, select recirculated

D For quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been
warmed.

air for a few minutes.

D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.

D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat

the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.

183

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Ventilation

Defogging and defrosting

For best results, set controls to:

—The inside of the windshield

—For automatic operation

For best results, set controls to:

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF

—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow button, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D On humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defrosting function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow button, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.

184

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Side vents

Checking and replacing air
conditioning filter

If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.

D To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting
the
windshield,
floor/windshield air flow.

choose

If air flow control is not satisfactory, check
the side vents. The side vents may be
opened or closed as shown.

The air conditioning filter information
label is placed on the inside of the
glove box as shown and indicates that
a filter has been installed.
The air conditioning filter prevents dust
from entering the vehicle through the air
conditioning vent.

185

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Perform filter replacement periodically.
Period of replacement (expected):
For U.S.A.—Every 30000 miles
For Canada—Every 16000 km
NOTE: This is the normal maintenance
period. This may change depending on
operating conditions.
If the symptoms of air conditioning
efficiency problems occur, contact your
Toyota dealer to have the filter checked
and replaced.
This air conditioning system has a high
efficient air refiner filter which helps
eliminate dust and pollen, thereby increasing your driving comfort.
The air conditioning filter is set behind
the glove box.
The air conditioning filter may clog after
long use. The filter may need to be replaced if the air flow of the air conditioner
and heater experiences extreme reductions
in operating efficiency, or if the windows
begin to fog up easily.

(Actual replacement time: Less than 10
minutes approximately)

NOTICE
Do not try to replace the air conditioning filter by yourself. Doing so
may damage the vehicle.

INFORMATION
The air filter should be installed properly in position. The use of air conditioning with the air filter removed
may cause deteriorated dustproof performance and then affect air conditioning performance.

186

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

187

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three−way catalytic converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iridium−tipped spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft prevention labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo and luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

213
213
215
215
216
217
218
219
222
222
223
224
225
233
234
236

212

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Break−in period

Fuel

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

FUEL TYPE

OCTANE RATING

Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
break−in. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:

Your new vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of
premium unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane
Number 96) or higher is recommended.

D Avoid full throttle acceleration when
starting and driving.

D Avoid racing the engine.
D Try to avoid hard stops during the first

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your
Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
The special nozzle on pumps with unleaded fuel will fit it, but the larger standard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
not.

D Do not drive for a long time at any

At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93
in Canada.

D Do not tow a trailer during the first 800

NOTICE

300 km (200 miles).

single speed, either fast or slow.
km (500 miles).

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the three−
way catalytic converter to lose its effectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating or research octane number lower
than stated above will cause persistent
heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
lead to engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, occasionally, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is normal
and there is no need for concern.

213

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

GASOLINE
ADDITIVES

CONTAINING

DETERGENT

Toyota recommends the use of gasoline
that contains detergent additives to
avoid build−up of engine deposits.
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
QUALITY GASOLINE
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,
Europe and Japan have developed a
specification for quality fuel named
World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that
is expected to be applied world wide.
The WWFC consists of four categories
that depend on required emission levels. In the U.S., category 3 has been
adopted. The WWFC improves air quality by providing for better emissions in
vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction
through better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE is
available in many areas.

Some gasoline contain an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota recommends the use of cleaner
burning gasoline and appropriately blended
reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions, and improve air quality.
OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
blended gasoline where the oxygenate
content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
rating no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing methanol.

Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
GASOLINE QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the particular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If this does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.

NOTICE
z Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
z If driveability problems occur (poor
hot starting, vaporizing, engine
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.

214

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Operation in foreign countries
z Take care not to spill gasohol during refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

Three−way catalytic converters

If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the correct fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).

The three−way catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.

CAUTION

D Keep people and combustible mate-

rials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.

D Do not drive, idle or park your ve-

hicle over anything that might burn
easily such as grass, leaves, paper
or rags.

215

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Engine exhaust cautions
NOTICE
A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the three−way catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:
z Use only unleaded gasoline.
z Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creating an excessive load on the three−
way catalytic converter.
z Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 minutes.
z Avoid racing the engine.
z Do not push−start or pull−start your
vehicle.
z Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.

z Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel system could cause an extremely high three−way catalytic
converter temperature.

CAUTION

D Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.

It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.

z If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a check−up as soon
as possible. Remember, your Toyota
dealer knows your vehicle and its
three−way catalytic converter system best.

D Make sure the exhaust system has

z To ensure that the three−way catalytic converter and the entire emission control system operate properly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
scheduled maintenance information,
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

D Do not run the engine in a garage

no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.
or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.

D Do not remain for a long time in a

parked vehicle with the engine running. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.

216

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Facts about engine oil
consumption
D Keep the trunk lid closed while

driving. An open or unsealed trunk
lid may cause exhaust gases to be
drawn into the vehicle.

D To allow proper operation of your

vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the windshield clear of snow, leaves, or other obstructions.

D If you smell exhaust fumes in the

vehicle, drive with the windows
open and the trunk lid closed. Have
the cause immediately located and
corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in maintaining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should consume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.

D Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston

rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a piston moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.

D Oil is also used to lubricate the stems

of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High temperature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.

The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by high−speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000
km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp. qt./600
miles)
When judging the amount of oil consumption, note the that oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.

217

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Iridium−tipped spark plugs
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a normal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
appear that the oil level has not changed.

For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” in Section 7−2.

The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.
IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in proper vehicle maintenance is to keep the engine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped
spark plugs.

NOTICE
Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs
and do not adjust gaps for your engine performance and smooth driveability.

NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.

218

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Brake system
The tandem master cylinder brake system
is a hydraulic system with two separate
sub−systems. If either sub−system should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will increase. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
power−assist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
vacuum for one or two stops—but no
more!

CAUTION

D Do not pump the brake pedal if the

engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacuum.

D Even if the power assist is com-

pletely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than normal. And your braking distance will
increase.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(with “ABS” warning light)
The anti−lock brake system is designed
to help prevent lock−up of the wheels
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
providing directional stability and steering performance of the vehicle under
these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal: When the anti−lock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
In this situation, to let the anti−lock
brake system work for you, just hold the
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
pump the brake in a panic stop. This
will result in reduced braking performance.
The anti−lock brake system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

219

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on a manhole cover, a steel plate at a construction site,
joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
tends to activate the anti−lock brake system.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle is started. This means that the
anti−lock brake system is in the self
check mode, and does not indicate a malfunction.
When the anti−lock brake system is activated, the following conditions may
occur. They do not indicate a malfunction of the system:

D You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-

tem operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the vehicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the vehicle is stopped.

D At the end of the anti−lock brake system activation, the brake pedal may
move a little forward.

CAUTION
Do not overestimate the anti−lock
brake system: Although the anti−lock
brake system assists in providing vehicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, because there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the anti−
lock brake system on.
If tire grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the anti−lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always drive at a moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
anti−lock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping distance in the following cases:

D Driving on rough, gravel or snow−
covered roads.

D Driving with tire chains installed.
D Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road.

D Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The anti−lock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respective wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed
resulting in a longer stopping distance.

220

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

“ABS” warning light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the
system malfunctions, the light comes on
again.

Type A

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system, the brake assist
system, the traction control system and
the vehicle stability control system do not
operate, but the brake system still operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the components monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.

Type B

D The light comes on while you are driving.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM
Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc type
parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding−down of the brake
shoes periodically or whenever the parking
brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.
Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding−down.

D The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.

221

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Brake pad wear limit
indicators

Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification
number

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM
When you slam the brakes on, the
brake assist system judges as an emergency stop and provides more powerful
braking for a driver who cannot hold
down the brake pedal firmly.
When you slam the brakes on, more powerful braking will be applied. At this time,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment and feel the vibration of the
brake pedal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
The brake assist system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated to
a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
For an explanation of this system’s warning light, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.

The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive rotor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.

The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.

222

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Engine number

Theft prevention labels
(except for Canada)
Your new vehicle carries theft prevention labels which are approximately 56
mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroying the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to another, will be impossible.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.

The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.

NOTICE
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may violate certain state or federal laws.

223

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Suspension and chassis
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting in loss of control.

224

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tire information—
—Tire symbols
This illustration indicates typical tire
symbols.
1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
size” in this Section.
2. DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)—For details, see
“—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)” in this Section.
3. The location of the tread wear
indicators—For details, see
“Checking and replacing tires” in
Section 7−2.
4. Uniform tire quality grading—
For details, see “Uniform tire quality grading” that follows.
5. Tire ply composition and materials—Plies mean a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords. Cords
mean the strands forming the plies
in the tire.
6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—A
radial tire has “RADIAL” on the
sidewall. A tire not marked with
“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

225

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)
7. “TUBELESS”
or
“TUBE
TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not
have a tube inside the tire and air
is directly filled in the tire. A tube
type tire has a tube inside the tire
and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
8. Load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure—For details,
see “Checking and replacing tires”
in Section 7−2.
9. Maximum cold tire inflation
pressure—This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated. For details about recommended
cold
tire
inflation
pressure, see “Tires” in Section 8.
10.Summer tire or all season
tire—An all season tire has “M+S”
on the sidewall. The tire not
marked with “M+S” is a summer
tire. For details, see “Types of
tires” in this Section.

The “DOT” symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Federal
motor vehicle safety standards.

This illustration indicates typical DOT
and Tire Identification Number (TIN).
1. “DOT” symbol
2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)
3. Tire manufacturer’s identification
mark
4. Tire size code
5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type
code
6. Manufacturing week
7. Manufacturing year

226

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Tire size

This illustration indicates typical tire
size.
1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,
T=Temporary use)
2. Section width (in millimeters)
3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section
width)
4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,
D=Diagonal)
5. Wheel diameter (in inches)
6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one
letter)

—Name of each section of tire

1. Section width
2. Tire height
3. Wheel diameter

1. Bead
2. Sidewall
3. Shoulder
4. Tread
5. Belt
6. Inner liner
7. Reinforcing rubber
8. Carcass
9. Rim lines
10.Bead wires
11. Chafer

227

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Uniform tire quality grading
This information has been prepared
in accordance with regulations issued
by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides
the purchasers and/or prospective
purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you
read this information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger
vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality
grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear—The treadwear grade is
a comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear
one and a half (1−1/2) times as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B, and C, and they represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and
does not include cornering (turning)
traction.

228

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Temperature A, B, C—The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for
this tire are established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure.

229

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term

Meaning

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be
replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items
are available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Cold tire inflation pressure

tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3
hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile
under that condition

Curb weight

the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional engine

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Maximum inflation pressure

the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and it
is shown on the sidewall of the tire

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

the
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

sum of—
curb weight;
accessory weight;
vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight

230

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tire related term

Meaning

Normal occupant weight

68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second
column of Table 1 that follows

Occupant distribution

distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table
1 that follows

Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing
over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special
trim

Recommended inflation pressure

cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Rim

a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads
are seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter)

nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation

rim diameter and width

Rim type designation

the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width

nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight
(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s designated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire

the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

231

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tire related term

Meaning

Vehicle normal load on the tire

the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight
(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side

the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity,
number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number of
occupants

Occupant distribution in a normally
loaded vehicle

2 through 4

2 in front

5 through 10

2 in front, 1 in second seat

232

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load
capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity and cargo capacity. Follow the
load limits shown below.
Total load capacity:
With bucket type front seat
410 kg (900 lb.)
With bench type front seat
475 kg (1050 lb.)
Total load capacity means combined
weight of occupants, cargo and luggage. Tongue load is included when
trailer towing.
Seating capacity:
With bucket type front seat
Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)
With bench type front seat
Total 6 (Front 3, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 68 kg
(150 lb.) per person. Depending on
the weight of each person, the seating capacity given may exceed the
total load capacity.

NOTICE
Even if the number of occupants
are within the seating capacity,
do not exceed the total load capacity.
Towing capacity:
907 kg (2000 lb.)
Towing capacity means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo weight) that
your vehicle is able to tow.
Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the size (weight)
and the number of occupants. For details, see “Capacity and distribution”
that follows.

CAUTION
Do not apply the load more than
each load limit. That may cause
not only damage to the tires, but
also deterioration to the steering
ability and braking ability, which
may cause an accident.

233

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Cargo and luggage—
—Stowage precautions
When stowing cargo and luggage in
the vehicle, observe the following:
D Put cargo and luggage in the trunk
when at all possible. Be sure all
items are secured in place.
D Be careful to keep the vehicle balanced. Locating the weight as far
forward as possible helps maintain
balance.
D For better fuel economy, do not
carry unneeded weight.
CAUTION
D Never allow anyone to ride in
the enlarged trunk. It is not designed for passengers. They
should ride in their seats with
their seat belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are
much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury, in the event
of sudden braking or a collision.

—Capacity and distribution
D Do not place anything on the
package tray behind the rear
seatback. Such items may be
thrown about and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or an accident.
D Do not drive with objects left
on top of the instrument panel.
They may interfere with the
driver’s field of view. Or they
may move during sharp vehicle
acceleration or turning, and impair the driver’s control of the
vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occupants.

Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) – (Total weight of occupants)
STEPS
FOR
DETERMINING
CORRECT LOAD LIMIT
1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
pounds” on your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.

234

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example,
if the “XXX” amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
For details about trailer towing, see
“Trailer towing” in Section 3.

Cargo
capacity
Total load
capacity
EXAMPLE ON YOUR VEHICLE
In case that 2 people with the combined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) are
riding in your vehicle with the total
load capacity of 410 kg (900 lb.) (with
bucket type front seat) or 475 kg
(1050 lb.) (with bench type front seat),
the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity will be as follows:
With bucket type front seat
410 kg – 166 kg = 244 kg
(900 lb. – 366 lb. = 534 lb.)

With bench type front seat
475 kg – 166 kg = 309 kg
(1050 lb. – 366 lb. = 684 lb.)
From this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of 176
kg (388 lb.) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced
as follows:
With bucket type front seat
244 kg – 176 kg = 68 kg
(534 lb. – 388 lb. = 146 lb.)
With bench type front seat
309 kg – 176 kg = 133 kg
(684 lb. – 388 lb. = 296 lb.)
As shown in the above example, if the
number of occupants increases, the
cargo and luggage load equaling the
combined weight of occupants who
got on later must be reduced. In other
words, if the increase in the number
of occupants causes the excess of
the total load capacity (combined
weight of occupants plus cargo and
luggage load), you have to reduce the
cargo and luggage on your vehicle.

235

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Types of tires
For details about total load capacity,
see “Vehicle load limits” in this Section.
CAUTION
Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load
is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. That may cause not only damage to the tire but also deterioration to the steering ability due to
unbalance of the vehicle, causing
an accident.

Determine what kind of tires your
vehicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are high−speed capability tires best suited to highway driving
under dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the
same traction performance as snow
tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow−covered or icy roads.
For driving on snow−covered or icy
roads, we recommend using snow
tires. If installing snow tires, be sure
to replace all four tires.
2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be
adequate for driving in most winter
conditions, as well as for use all year
round.

All season tires, however, do not have
adequate
traction
performance
compared with snow tires in heavy or
loose snow. Also, all season tires fall
short in acceleration and handling
performance compared with summer
tires in highway driving.
The details about how to distinguish
summer tires from all season tires are
described in this Section.
CAUTION
D Do not mix summer and all season tires on your vehicle as
this can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting
in loss of control.
D Do not use tires other than the
manufacturer’s
designated
tires, and never mix tires or
wheels of the sizes different
from the originals.

236

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

237

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinghy towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer . . . . . . . . . . . . .

239
239
240
241
242
242
248

238

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Before starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle before entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion angle, head restraint
height and steering wheel angle.
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
4. Lock all the doors.
5. Fasten seat belts.

How to start the engine—
(a) Before cranking
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and accessories.

(b) Starting the engine
Before starting the engine, be sure to follow the instructions in “(a) Before cranking”.

3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If you
need to restart the engine while the
vehicle is moving, put the selector lever in “N”. A starter safety device will
prevent the starter from operating if the
selector lever is in any drive position.

Normal starting procedure

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.

With your foot off the accelerator pedal,
crank the engine by turning the key to
“START”. Release it when the engine
starts.

The multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:

Engine should be warmed up by driving,
not in idle. For warming up, drive with
smoothly turning engine until engine coolant temperature is within normal range.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct procedure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” in Section 4.

239

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

NOTICE
z Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
z Do not race a cold engine.
z If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.

Tips for driving in various
conditions
D Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.
This will allow you much better control.

D Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-

sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharp−edged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage such
as a tire burst.
Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Otherwise, the impact could cause severe
damage to the tires and/or wheels.

D When parking on a hill, turn the front

wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmission in “P”. If necessary, block the
wheels.

D Washing your vehicle or driving through

deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the parking brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

D Before driving off, make sure the
parking brake is fully released and
the parking brake reminder light is
off.

D Do not leave your vehicle unat-

tended while the engine is running.

D Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.

D To drive down a long or steep hill,

reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.

D Be careful when accelerating, up-

shifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden acceleration or engine braking, could cause
the vehicle to skid or spin.

240

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Winter driving tips
D Do not drive in excess of the speed

limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has high−speed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are high−speed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.

D Do not continue normal driving

when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a
longer stopping distance, and it
may pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Also, the parking brake will not hold the vehicle
securely.

Make sure you have a proper freeze
protection for engine coolant.

Check the condition of the battery and
cables.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
and non−borate coolant with long−life
hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
with
long−life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape to
provide enough power for winter starting.
Section 7−3 tells you how to visually inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer and
most service stations will be pleased to
check the level of charge.

See “Checking the engine coolant level” in
Section 7−2 for details of coolant type
selection.
For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −35_C
(−31_F).
For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −42_C
(−44_F).

NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.
See Section 7−2 for recommended viscosity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your
vehicle during winter months may cause
harder starting. If you are not sure about
which oil to use, call your Toyota dealer—he will be pleased to help.
Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing.
Use a washer fluid containing an antifreeze solution.
This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.

241

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Dinghy towing
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.
Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” and block the rear wheels. Do not use
the parking brake, or snow or water accumulated in and around the parking brake
mechanism may freeze, making it hard to
release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.
Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emergency equipment.

Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
ground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle with four
wheels on the ground. This may
cause serious damage to your vehicle.

Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passenger−carrying vehicle. Towing a
trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your
safety and the safety of others, you must
not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota
warranties do not apply to damage or
malfunction caused by towing a trailer for
commercial purposes. Ask your local
Toyota dealer for further details before
towing.

NOTICE
When towing a trailer, be sure to consult your Toyota dealer for further information on additional requirements
such as a towing kit, etc.

Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.

242

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

WEIGHT LIMITS
Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, gross vehicle weight, gross
axle weight and trailer tongue load are
all within the limits.
The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

D The

total trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo load) must
not exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Exceeding this weight is dangerous.

D Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-

ent weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capable of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maximum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.

D The gross vehicle weight must not

exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross vehicle weight is the sum of weights
of the unloaded vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.

243

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D The load on either the front or rear

Total trailer weight

Tongue load

axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
on the Certification Label.

HITCHES

D Use only a hitch which is recom-

mended by the hitch manufacturer and
conforms to the total trailer weight requirement.

D Follow the directions supplied by the

Tongue load
Total trailer weight

100 = 5 to 10%

D The trailer cargo load should be
distributed so that the tongue load
is 9 to 11% of the total trailer
weight, not exceeding the maximum
of 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load the
trailer with more weight in the back
than in the front. About 60% of the
trailer load should be in the front
half of the trailer and the remaining
40% in the rear.

hitch manufacturer, and bolt the hitch
securely to the rear bumper. Lubricate
the hitch ball with a light coat of
grease.

D Toyota recommends removing the trail-

er hitch whenever you are not towing
a trailer to reduce the possibility of
additional damage caused by the hitch
if your vehicle is struck from behind.
After removing the hitch, seal any
mounting holes in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of pollutants such as exhaust fumes, dirt, water, etc.

NOTICE
Do not use axle−mounted hitches as
they can cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels or
tires. Also, never install a hitch which
may interfere with the normal function
of an Energy Absorbing Bumper.

244

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

D Toyota

recommends trailers with
brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.

D A safety chain must always be used

between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should
cross under the trailer tongue to
prevent the tongue from dropping to
the ground in case it becomes damaged or separated. For correct safety
chain procedures, follow the hitch or
trailer manufacturer’s recommendations.

CAUTION

D If the total trailer weight exceeds

453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.

D Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-

draulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.

D Never tow a trailer without using a

safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.

TIRES

D Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are

properly inflated. See Section 7−2 and
Section 8 for instructions.

D The trailer tires should be inflated to
the pressure recommended by the trailer manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

D Trailer lights must comply with federal,

state/provincial and local regulations.
See your local recreational vehicle
dealer or rental agency for the correct
type of wiring and relays for your trailer. Check for correct operation of the
turn signals and stop lights each time
you hitch up. Direct splicing may damage your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

D Toyota recommends that you do not

tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train component (engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

D If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will

require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this information, please refer to the scheduled
maintenance information in the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.

D Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

D Check that your vehicle remains level

when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal nose−up or nose−down
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.

245

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it can not shift.

D Check that your rear view mirrors con-

form to any applicable federal, state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not towing. The three main causes of vehicle−
trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:

D Before starting out, check operation of

the lights and all vehicle−trailer connections. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and connections. Before actually towing a trailer, practice turning, stopping and backing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.

D Backing with a trailer is difficult and

requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This procedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer.) Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an accident.

D Because stopping distance may be in-

creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance
should be increased when towing a
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length between you and the vehicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of control. This is especially
true on wet or slippery surfaces.

D Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.

D Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.

The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.

D Remember that when making a turn,

the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.

D Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-

versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to prepare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

246

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Be careful when passing other ve-

hicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes.

D In order to maintain engine braking efficiency do not use overdrive.

D Because of the added load of the trail-

er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30_C [85_F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

D Always place wheel blocks under both
the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid parking on a slope with a trailer, but if it
cannot be avoided, do so only after
performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.
When restarting out after parking on a
slope:
1. With the transmission in “P” position,
start the engine. Be sure to keep the
brake pedal depressed.
2. Shift into the “2”, “L” or “R” position.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.

CAUTION

D Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or

the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because instability (swaying) of a towing vehicle−
trailer
combination
usually
increases as the speed increases, exceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.

D Slow down and downshift before
descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts.

D Avoid holding the brake pedal down
too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking efficiency.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

247

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer
Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:

D Avoid long engine idling. If you have

D Keep your tires inflated at the cor-

ving. Use a gear position suitable for
the road on which you are travelling.

rect pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See Section
7−2 for instructions.

D Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.

D Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, however, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.

D Keep

the automatic transmission
overdrive turned on when engine
braking is not required. Driving with
the overdrive off will reduce the fuel
economy. (For details, see “Automatic
transmission” in Section 1−7.)

D Accelerate

slowly and
Avoid jackrabbit starts.

smoothly.

a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.

D Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-

D Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down.
wastes fuel.

Stop−and−go

driving

D Avoid

unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper distance from other vehicles to avoid sudden braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.

D Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.

D Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal. This causes premature wear,
overheating and poor fuel economy.

D Keep the front wheels in proper

alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

D Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corrosion.

D Keep your vehicle tuned−up and in
top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improper valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.
all lower engine performance and contribute to poor fuel economy. For longer
life of all parts and lower operating
costs, keep all maintenance work on
schedule, and if you often drive under
severe conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance.
(For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)

D Maintain a moderate speed on highways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel consumption.

248

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function without the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is running.

249

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle becomes stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever . . . . . . . .
If you lose your keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . .

251
254
254
255
263
264
266
268
268

250

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting
procedure given in “How to start the
engine” in Section 3 and that you have
sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobilizer system, also
check whether the other keys will start the
engine. If they work, your key may be
broken. Have the key checked at your
Toyota dealer. If none of your keys work,
there may be a malfunction in the immobilizer system. Call your Toyota dealer. (See
“Keys (with engine immobilizer system)” in
Section 1−2.)
If the engine is not turning over or is
turning over too slowly—
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump starting. See “(c) Jump starting” for further
instructions.

(b) Starting a flooded engine
NOTICE
Do not pull− or push−start the vehicle. It may damage the vehicle or
cause a collision when the engine
starts. Also the three−way catalytic
converter may overheat and become a
fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. The engine may be flooded because of
repeated cranking. See “(b) Starting a
flooded engine” for further instructions.
2. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the key to “START”
with the accelerator pedal fully depressed.
Keep the key and accelerator pedal in
these positions for 15 seconds and release them. Then try starting the engine
with your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If the engine does not start after 15 seconds of cranking, release the key, wait
a few minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.

251

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

(c) Jump starting
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might result from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent mechanic or towing service.

CAUTION

D Batteries

contain
sulfuric
acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or vehicle.

D The gas normally produced by a

battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.

NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unnecessary lights and accessories.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batteries. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting, run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.

D If you should accidentally get acid

on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water immediately. Then get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue
to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while en route to the medical
office.

252

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Jumper cable

Discharged battery

Booster
battery
Positive
terminal
(“+”mark)
Jumper cable

Discharged battery
Positive terminal
(“+”mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the order a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.

Negative terminal
(“−”mark)

Booster
battery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative
(−) terminal on the booster battery.
d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting point is
shown in the following illustration:

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or near
any part that moves when the engine
is cranked.

CAUTION
When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch anything except the correct battery terminals or the ground.

253

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If your engine stalls while
driving
5. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.

If your engine stalls while driving...

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
3. Try starting the engine again.
If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start” in this Section.

CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.

If your vehicle overheats
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you experience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the vehicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
and apply the parking brake. Turn off
the air conditioning if it is being used.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running and make sure the electric
cooling fan is operating. If it is not,
turn the ignition off.

CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.

254

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If you have a flat tire—
3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.

CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the engine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer
for assistance.
5. If there are no obvious leaks, check
the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add
coolant to the reservoir while the engine is running. Fill it about half full.
For the coolant type, see “Coolant type
selection” in Section 7−2.

6. After the engine coolant temperature
has cooled to normal, again check the
coolant level in the reservoir. If necessary, bring it up to half full again. Serious coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place
well away from the traffic. Avoid
stopping on the center divider of
a highway. Park on a level spot
with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your
emergency flashers.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and
put the transmission in “P”.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions
thoroughly.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to remove the radiator
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. Serious injury could result from
scalding hot fluid and steam blown
out under pressure.

255

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe
the following to reduce the possibility of personal injury:
D Follow jacking instructions.
D Do not put any part of your
body under the vehicle supported by the jack. Otherwise,
personal injury may occur.
D Do not start or run the engine
while your vehicle is supported
by the jack.
D Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking
brake and put the transmission
in “P”. Block the wheel diagonally opposite to the one being
changed if necessary.

D Make sure to set the jack properly in the jack point. Raising
the vehicle with jack improperly positioned will damage the
vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack and
cause personal injury.
D Never get under the vehicle
when the vehicle is supported
by the jack alone.
D Use the jack only for lifting
your vehicle during wheel
changing.
D Do not raise the vehicle with
someone in the vehicle.
D When raising the vehicle, do
not place any objects on top
of or underneath the jack.
D Raise the vehicle only high
enough to remove and change
the tire.

NOTICE
Do not continue driving with a
deflated tire. Driving even a
short distance can damage a
tire and wheel beyond repair.

256

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Required tools and spare
tire

1. Get the required tools and
spare tire.
1. Wheel nut wrench
2. Jack
3. Jack handle
4. Spare tire
To prepare yourself for an emergency,
you should familiarize yourself with
the use of the jack, each of the tools
and their storage locations.

To remove the jack, turn the jack joint
by hand until the jack becomes free.

To store the jack, align the hole of the
jack head with the vehicle hook. Turn
the jack joint until the jack base fits
securely with the vehicle body.
This prevents the jack from flying forward during a collision or sudden
stop.

257

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Blocking the wheel

To remove the spare tire:
1. Loosen the nut and remove it.
2. Remove the spare tire cover.
3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.
4. Remove the spacer.
Then take the spare tire out of the
vehicle.
When storing the spare tire, put it in
place with the outer side of the wheel
facing up. Then secure the tire by repeating the above removal steps in
reverse order to prevent it from flying
forward during a collision or sudden
braking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to keep the
vehicle from rolling when it is
jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a
wheel block in front of one of the front
wheels or behind one of the rear
wheels.

—Removing wheel ornament
(steel wheels only)

3. Remove the wheel ornament.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench
as shown.
CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid
unexpected personal injury.

258

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Loosening wheel nuts

—Positioning the jack
CAUTION
Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose
and the wheels may fall off,
which could cause a serious accident.

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Always loosen the wheel nuts before
raising the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise
to loosen. To get maximum leverage,
fit the wrench to the nut so that the
handle is on the right side, as shown
above. Grab the wrench near the end
of the handle and pull up on the handle. Be careful that the wrench does
not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew them about one−half turn.

5. Position the jack at the correct
jack point as shown. Rotate the
load rest 90_ from storage position to lifting position.
Make sure the jack is positioned on
a level and solid place.

259

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Raising your vehicle

—Changing wheels
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the
jack alone.

6. After making sure that no one
is in the vehicle, raise it high
enough so that the spare tire
can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare
tire than when removing the flat tire.
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack
handle into the jack (it is a loose fit)
and turn it clockwise. As the jack
touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
double−check that it is properly positioned.

7. Remove the wheel nuts and
change tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the
bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get
at least the top bolt started through
its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it
back over the other bolts.

260

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Reinstalling wheel nuts
CAUTION
Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead
to overtightening the nuts and
damaging the bolts. The nuts
may loose and the wheels may
fall off, which could cause a serious accident. If there is oil or
grease on any bolt or nut, clean
it.
Before putting on wheels, remove any
corrosion on the mounting surfaces
with a wire brush or such. Installation
of wheels without good metal−to−metal contact at the mounting surface can
cause wheel nuts to loosen and
eventually cause a wheel to come off
while driving.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end
inward) and tighten them as much as
you can by hand. Press back on the
tire and see if you can tighten them
more.

261

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Reinstalling wheel ornament
(steel wheels only)

—Lowering your vehicle
CAUTION

9. Lower the vehicle completely
and tighten the wheel nuts.
Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the vehicle.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and
turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.
Do not use other tools or any additional leverage other than your hands,
such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.
Make sure the wrench is securely engaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in
the order shown. Repeat the process
until all the nuts are tight.

D When lowering the vehicle,
make sure all portions of your
body and all other persons
around will not be injured as
the vehicle is lowered to the
ground.
D Have the wheel nuts tightened
with torque wrench to 103 N·m
(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soon
as possible after changing
wheels. Otherwise, the nuts
may loosen and the wheels
may fall off, which could cause
a serious accident.

10.Reinstall the wheel ornament.
Align the cutout of the wheel ornament with the valve stem as shown.
Then press hand firmly on one side
of wheel ornament and then firmly tap
the other side around the edge of
wheel ornament with the heel of your
hand to snap into place.
CAUTION
Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.

262

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—After changing wheels
11. Check the air pressure of the replaced tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specification designated in Section 8. If the
pressure is lower, drive slowly to the
nearest service station and fill to the
correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation valve cap as dirt and moisture
could get into the valve core and
possibly cause air leakage. If the cap
is missing, have a new one put on as
soon as possible.
12.Restow all the tools, jack and
flat tire securely.
As soon after changing wheels as
possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
torque specified in Section 8 with a
torque wrench. Have a technician repair the flat tire and replace the spare
tire with it.

If your vehicle becomes stuck
CAUTION
Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are securely in place in their storage
location to reduce the possibility
of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it
forward and backward.
Vehicles with traction control system—
Turn off the traction control system to
become unstuck to allow the tires to
spin enough to remove the vehicle from
the obstruction. (For details, see “Vehicle stability control system” in Section 1−7.)

CAUTION
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and backward if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or backward
as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or objects.

263

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent damage to the transmission and other
parts.
z Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is completely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.
z Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front

—From rear

If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service. In consultation with them, have
your vehicle towed using either (a) or
(b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or commercial tow truck service, tow your vehicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency towing” in this Section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.

z If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as towing.
(b) Using flat bed truck

Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following precautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.

264

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Emergency towing
TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—Release the parking brake.

NOTICE
When lifting wheels, take care to ensure adequate ground clearance for
towing at the opposite end of the
raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper
and/or underbody of the towed vehicle
will be damaged during towing.
From rear—Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.

NOTICE
Never tow from the rear with the front
wheels on the ground, as this may
cause serious damage to the transmission.

NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, either from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.

If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to one of the emergency towing
eyelets under the vehicle. Use extreme
caution when towing vehicles.

(b) Using flat bed truck

265

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
(floor shift type)
NOTICE

NOTICE

z Only use specified towing eyelet;
otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.

Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelets provided.

z Never tow a vehicle from the rear
with four wheels on the ground.
This may cause serious damage to
the transmission.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard−surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing vehicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would place
excessive stress on the emergency
towing eyelets and towing cable or
chain. The eyelets and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.

Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in “N”. The key
must be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”
(engine running).

CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.

If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button as follows:
1. Turn the ignition key to
position. Make sure the
brake is applied.

“LOCK”
parking

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladed
screwdriver or equivalent.

266

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
(column shift type)

3. Insert your finger into the
push down the shift lock
button. You can shift out
position only while pushing
ton.

hole to
override
of “P”
the but-

4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button as follows:

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalent
into the hole to pull down the shift
lock override button. You can shift
out of “P” position only while pushing the button.

1. Turn the ignition key to
position. Make sure the
brake is applied.

4. Shift into “N” position.

“LOCK”
parking

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladed
screwdriver or equivalent.

5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

267

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If you lose your keys
You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobilizer system, the
dealer will also need your master key.
Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—
Even if you lose only one key, contact
your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If
you lose all your master keys, you cannot
make new keys; the whole engine immobilizer system must be replaced.
See the suggestion given in “Keys” in
Section 1−2.
If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window because it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.

If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter
You can purchase a new wireless remote control transmitter at your Toyota
dealer.
Have the registered identification numbers
of your transmitters deleted from your vehicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
an accident. Then, have the identification
number of your new transmitter registered.
At the same time, you must bring all of
the remaining transmitters to have them
registered again as well.
You can use the wireless remote control
system with the new transmitter. Contact
your Toyota dealer for detailed information.

268

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

269

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE

Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Washing and waxing your Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Cleaning the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

270

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
Toyota, through the diligent research, design and use of the most advanced
technology available, helps prevent corrosion and provides you with the finest quality vehicle construction. Now, it is up to
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help
ensure long−term corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:

D The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hard−to−reach areas under
the vehicle.

D Chipping

of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your vehicle under certain environmental conditions:

D Road salt or dust control chemicals will

accelerate corrosion, as will the presence of salt in the air near the sea−
coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

D High humidity accelerates corrosion especially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.

D Wetness or dampness to certain parts

of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.

D High ambient temperatures can cause

corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which do not dry quickly due to
lack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any damage to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.

D High pressure water or steam is effec-

tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing. The
lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
frame members have drain holes which
should not be allowed to clog with dirt
as trapped water in these areas can
cause corrosion.

D Wash the underside of the vehicle thoroughly when winter is over.

your

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” for
more tips.

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:

Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately to prevent corrosion from starting. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.

To help prevent corrosion on
Toyota, follow these guidelines:

D If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize corrosion.

271

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Washing and waxing your
Toyota
Check the interior of your vehicle. Water and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Occasionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly careful when transporting chemicals, cleansers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it covered with
water or snow, your garage may be so
damp as to cause corrosion. Even if your
garage is heated, a wet vehicle can corrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota
Keep your
washing.

vehicle

clean

regular

The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as possible.

D When driving in a coastal area
D When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze

D When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,
bird droppings and carcass of an insect

D When driving in areas where there is

a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust or
chemical substances

D When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota
Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION
When cleaning under floor or chassis,
be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Remove any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or in the
wheel wells.
2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic substances splashes an ornament, be sure to
wash it off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.

CAUTION
Do not attach the heavily damaged
plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off
the wheel and cause accidents while
the vehicle is moving.
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper
faces are soft.

272

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Cleaning the interior
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.

NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (gasoline, kerosene, benzine or strong solvents), which may be toxic or cause
damage.
3. Rinse
thoroughly—dried
soap
can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.
Automatic car wash
Your vehicle may be washed in an automatic car wash, but remember that the
paint can be scratched by some types of
brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the
washing process itself. Scratching reduces
paint durability and gloss, especially on
darker colors. The manager of the car
wash should be able to advise you whether the process is safe for the paint on
your vehicle.

Waxing your Toyota
Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
surface does not repel water well.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle before you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weathered, use a car−cleaning polish, followed by a separate wax. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the surface in large patches.

NOTICE

CAUTION

D Be careful not to splash water or

spill liquid on the floor. This may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, resulting in serious
injury.

D Do not wash the vehicle floor with

water, or allow water to get onto
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
interior or exterior. Water may get
into audio components or other
electrical components above or under the floor carpet (or mat) and
cause a malfunction; and it may
cause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior
The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.

Always remove the plastic bumpers if
your vehicle is re−painted and placed
in a high heat paint waxing booth.
High temperatures could damage the
bumpers.

273

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

First vacuum over the upholstery to remove loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, repeat the procedure. Commercial foaming−
type vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.

NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.
Carpets
Use a good foam−type
clean the carpets.

shampoo

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to produce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.

Air conditioning control panel, car audio, instrument panel, console panel,
and switches

Seat belts

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or lukewarm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are cleaning, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE
z Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.
z Do not use the belts until they become dry.
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.

NOTICE

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

NOTICE
z Do not use organic substances (solvents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discoloring, staining or peeling of the
surface.
z If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances mentioned above.
z If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not spill the liquid onto the vehicle’s interior surfaces. It may contain
the
ingredients mentioned
above. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.

When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connectors.

274

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Leather interior
The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.
Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.
After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a ventilated shaded area.

NOTICE
z If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.
z Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, or
alkaline or acid solutions for cleaning the leather as these could
cause discoloring.
z Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.

z Mildew may develop on soiled leather upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.
z Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your vehicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.
z The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days, so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.
z Improper cleaning of the leather upholstery could result in discoloration or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.

275

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs . . . . . . . . .

277
278
280
281

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

276

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save both your time
and money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day−to−day care, is
more important than ever before to ensure
smooth, and trouble−free, safe, and economical drivings.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and emission control system warranties specify that
proper maintenance and care must be performed. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for complete warranty information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those day−
to−day care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to insure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance
The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular intervals.
For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.
The owner may elect to use non−Toyota
supplied parts for replacement purposes without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.

You may also elect to have maintenance, replacement, or repair of the
emission control devices and system
performed by any automotive repair establishment or individual without invalidating this warranty. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement” for complete warranty information.
Where to go for service?
Toyota technicians are well−trained specialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.
You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle—reliably and economically.
Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been performed for warranty coverage. If any problems should arise with your vehicle while
under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to keep a copy of the repair order for any
service performed on your Toyota.

277

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

General maintenance
What about do−it−yourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechanical ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to perform them are presented in Section 7.
If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechanic, the Toyota service manuals are recommended. Please be aware that do−it−yourself maintenance can affect your warranty
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as frequently as specified. In addition to checking the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a qualified service shop immediately. It is recommended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION
Make these checks only with adequate ventilation if you run the engine.
IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See Section 7−3 for additional information.

Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−
through reservoir when the engine is cold.
See Section 7−2 for additional information.
Radiator, condenser and hoses
Check that the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked with
leaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section
7−2 for additional information.
Battery condition
Check the battery condition by the indicator color. See Section 7−3 for additional
information.
Brake fluid level
Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See Section 7−2 for additional information.
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See Section 7−2 for additional information.
Power steering fluid level
Check the level through the reservoir. The
level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”
range depending on the fluid temperature.
See Section 7−2 for additional information.

278

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immediately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” in
Section 2.)

Seat belts
Check that the seat belt system such as
buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt
webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or damaged.

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.

Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working. Check headlight aim.
Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers
Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.
Steering wheel
Check that it has the specified free play.
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.
Seats
Check that all front seat controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in any position. Check that the
head restraints move up and down
smoothly and that the locks hold securely
in any latched position.

Brake pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.
Brakes
In a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.
Parking brake
Check that the pedal has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mechanism
Check the lock release button of the selector lever for proper and smooth operation. On a safe incline, check that your
vehicle is held securely with the selector
lever in “P” position and all brakes released.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Fluid leaks
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, water or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including trunk lid
operate smoothly and all latches lock securely. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch secures the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge every two weeks, or at least once a
month. See Section 7−2 for additional
information.
Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts,
damage or excessive wear. See Section 7−2 for additional information.
When checking the tires, make sure
no nuts are missing, and check the
nuts for looseness. Tighten them if
necessary.
279

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Does your vehicle need
repairing?
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires according to the
maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) See Section 7−2 for additional
information.

Be on the alert for changes in performance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that
indicate service is needed. Some important clues are as follows:

D
D
D
D

Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A leak under the vehicle (however, water dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)

If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.

CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the vehicle unchecked. It could result in serious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.

D Change in exhaust sound (This may

indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked immediately.)

D Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear

D Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road

D Strange noises related to suspension
movement

D Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy

feeling brake; pedal almost touches
floor; vehicle pulls to one side when
braking

D Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal

280

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD
(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.
The OBD system monitors the operation
of the emission control system. When the
OBD system determines that a problem
exists somewhere in the emission control
system, the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even
does
pass
have

if the malfunction indicator lamp
not come on, your vehicle may not
the I/M test as readiness codes
not been set in the OBD system.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary malfunction such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips, but the
error code in the OBD system will not be
cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
taken.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
even the malfunction indicator lamp does
not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.

281

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

7− 1

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Do−it−yourself service precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning the jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

283
284
285
287
288

282

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Engine compartment overview
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Power steering fluid reservoir
3. Engine oil level dipstick
4. Engine oil filler cap
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Fuse blocks
7. Battery
8. Radiator
9. Electric cooling fans
10. Condenser
11. Windshield washer fluid tank

283

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Fuse locations

Spare fuses

284

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Do−it−yourself service
precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this Section.
You should be aware that improper or incomplete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing
do−it−yourself
maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.

CAUTION

D When the engine is running, keep

hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive
belts.
(Removing
rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)

D Right

after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be careful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.

This Section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.

D If the engine is hot, do not remove

For information on tools and parts for do−
it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools” in this Section.

burn easily, such as paper or rags,
in the engine compartment.

Utmost care
ing on your
injury. Here
you should
serve:

should be taken when workvehicle to prevent accidental
are a few precautions that
be especially careful to ob-

the radiator cap or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.

D Do not leave anything that may
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-

low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.

D Do not get under your vehicle with
just the body jack supporting it. Always use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.

D Be sure that the ignition is off if

you work near the electric cooling
fans or radiator grille. With the
ignition on, the electric cooling fans
will automatically start to run if the
engine coolant temperature is high
and/or the air conditioning is on.

D Use eye protection whenever you
work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.

D Used engine oil contains potentially

harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To remove used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.

D Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.

D Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and filter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.

285

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

D Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

NOTICE
z Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or voltages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.
z Add only “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene glycol based non−silicate,
non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid
organic acid technology to fill the
radiator. “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water (for
the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%
deionized water (for Canada).

z Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plug holes.

z Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.

z Do not pry the outer electrode of a
spark plug against the center electrode.

z When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc.

z Use only spark plugs of the specified type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of performance or radio noise.
z Do not reuse iridium−tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or regapping.
z Do not overfill automatic transmission fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.
z Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.

z If you spill some of the coolant, be
sure to wash it off with water to
prevent it from damaging the parts
or paint.

286

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Positioning the jack
When jacking up your vehicle with the
jack, position the jack correctly as
shown in the illustrations.

D Never get under the vehicle when

CAUTION

D Do not raise the vehicle with some-

When jacking, be sure to observe the
following to reduce the possibility of
personal injury:

D When raising the vehicle, do not

D Follow jacking instructions.
D Do not put any part of your body
Front

under the vehicle supported by the
jack. Personal injury may occur.

D Do not start or run the engine while

the vehicle is supported by the jack
alone; use vehicle support stands.
one in the vehicle.

place any objects on top of or underneath the jack.

NOTICE
Make sure to place the jack correctly,
or your vehicle may be damaged.

your vehicle is supported by the
jack.

D Stop the vehicle on a level firm

ground, firmly set the parking brake
and put the transmission in “P”.
Block the wheels on the opposite
side of the jack up point if necessary.

D Make sure to set the jack properly

Rear

in the jack point. Raising the vehicle with jack improperly positioned will damage the vehicle or
may allow the vehicle to fall off the
jack and cause personal injury.

287

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Parts and tools
Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need to perform do−it−yourself maintenance. Remember all Toyota parts are designed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

D “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent

See Section 7−2 for details about engine oil selection.
Tools:

D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding oil)
THE

ENGINE

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

D Funnel (only for adding coolant)

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID

D Fuse with same amperage rating as
original

Parts (if level is low):

D SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Tools:

D Water
D Washer fluid containing antifreeze

brake fluid

Parts (if level is low):

CHECKING
LEVEL

Tools:

D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding fluid)

(for winter use)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

D “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or

similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with long−
life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a
mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%
coolant and 45% deionized water (for
Canada).

Tools:

Parts (if level is low):

D Funnel

D Automatic

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

transmission
DEXRONrII or III

COOLANT

Parts:

fluid

rating as original (See charts in “Replacing light bulbs” in Section 7−3.)

D Rag or paper towel
D Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
Tools:

D
D
D
D

Parts:

D Bulb with same number and wattage

Tools:

D Screwdriver

Warm water
Baking soda
Grease
Conventional
clamp bolts)

wrench

(for

terminal

288

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

289

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION
DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

7− 2

Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the radiator and condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing snow tires and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum wheel precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

291
293
294
295
295
296
299
301
302
303
304

290

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking the engine oil level
CAUTION
Low level

Full level

Be careful not to touch the hot exhaust manifold.

NOTICE

Add oil

O.K.

Too full

With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.
1. To get a correct reading, the vehicle
should be on level ground. After turning
off the engine, wait a few minutes for
the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.

Be careful not to drop engine oil on
the vehicle components.

NOTICE
z Be careful not to spill engine oil on
the vehicle components.
z Avoid overfilling, or
could be damaged.

the

engine

z Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.

If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.
Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick. We recommend that you use
a funnel when adding oil.
The approximate quantity of oil needed to
raise the level between low and full on the
dipstick is indicated below for reference.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
the end and wipe it clean.

When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap hand−tight.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.

Oil quantity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level while holding a rag under the
end.

291

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

ENGINE OIL SELECTION
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Oil grade:
API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good starting in cold
weather.
If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE
10W−30 may be used. However, it
should be replaced with SAE 5W−30 at
the next oil change.

Recommended viscosity:
SAE 5W−30
API service symbol

Outside temperature

ILSAC certification mark

292

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking the engine coolant
level
Oil identification marks

Look at the see−through coolant reservoir when the engine is cold. The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the
reservoir. If the level is low, add the
coolant. (For the coolant type, see
“Coolant type selection” described below.)

Either or both API registered marks are
added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.
The API Service Symbol is located anywhere on the outside of the container.
The top portion of the label shows the oil
quality by API (American Petroleum Institute) designations such as SL. The center
portion of the label shows the SAE viscosity grade such as SAE 5W−30. “Energy−
Conserving” shown in the lower portion,
indicates that the oil has fuel−saving capabilities.
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee) Certification Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.

The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “LOW” line, add
coolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”
line.
To ensure excellent lubrication performance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
specifically tested and approved for all
Toyota engines.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details about “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil”.

If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain
cock and water pump.
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.

293

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking the radiator and
condenser
If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

Coolant type selection
Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
and non−borate coolant with long−life
hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
with
long−life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)

To prevent burning yourself, be careful not to touch the radiator or condenser when the engine is hot.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −35_C
(−31_F).

To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
work by yourself.

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −42_C
(−44_F).

NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.

CAUTION

NOTICE
Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long
Life Coolant”, which has been tested to
ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor
result in malfunction of your engine
coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota
Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated
with
long−life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology and has been specifically
designed to avoid engine cooling system
malfunction on Toyota vehicles.
Please contact
further details.

your

Toyota dealer

for

294

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking brake fluid

Checking power steering fluid
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.

If hot
O.K.

Open

If cold
O.K.

If cold
add
If hot
add

CAUTION
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see−through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical problem.

Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your
hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still feel uncomfortable
with your hands or eyes, go to the
doctor.

NOTICE

Check the fluid level through the reservoir. If necessary, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (60_C—80_C or 140_F—175_F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is
cold
(about
room
temperature,
10_C—30_C or 50_F—85_F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.

If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash
it off with water to prevent it from
damaging the parts or paint.

295

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking tire inflation
pressure
Clean all dirt from the outside of the reservoir tank and look at the fluid level. If
the fluid is cold, the level should be in the
“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, the
fluid level should be in the “HOT” range.
If the level is at the low side of either
range, add automatic transmission fluid
DEXRONrII or III to bring the level within
the range.
To remove the reservoir cap, turn it counterclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
turn it clockwise. After replacing the reservoir cap, visually check the steering box
case, vane pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage.

Keep your tire inflation pressures
at the proper level.
The recommended cold tire inflation
pressures, tire sizes and the combined weight of occupants and cargo
(vehicle capacity weight) are described in Section 8. They are also
on the tire and loading information label.
You should check the tire inflation
pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month. And do not forget the
spare!

CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering could be damaged.

296

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

The following instructions for
checking tire inflation pressure
should be observed:
D The
pressure
should
be
checked only when the tires are
cold. If your vehicle has been
parked for at least 3 hours and has
not been driven for more than 1.5
km or 1 mile since, you will get
an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading.
D Always use a tire pressure
gauge. The appearance of a tire
can be misleading. Besides, tire
inflation pressures that are even
just a few pounds off can degrade
ride and handling.
D Take special care when adding
air to the compact spare tire.
The smaller tire size can gain
pressure very quickly. Add compressed air in small quantities and
check the pressure often until it
reaches the specified pressure.

D Do not bleed or reduce tire
inflation pressure after driving.
It is normal for the tire inflation
pressure to be higher after driving.
D Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passenger and luggage weight should be located so
that the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the tire valve cap.
2. Press the tip of the tire pressure
gauge to the tire valve.
3. Read the pressure using the graduations of the gauge.
4. In case the tire inflation pressure
is not within the prescribed range,
insert the compressed air from the
valve. In case of applying too
much air, press the center of the
valve and release the air to adjust.

297

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

5. After completing the tire inflation
pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the
valve and check for leakage.
6. Install the tire valve cap.
If a gauge and air pump are not available, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
Be sure to reinstall the tire valve
caps. Without the valve caps, dirt
or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.
If the caps have been lost, have
new ones put on as soon as possible.
Incorrect tire inflation pressure may
waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driving, reduce tire life and make your vehicle less safe to drive.
If a tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION
Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and cause an accident resulting in death or serious injuries.
Low tire pressure (underinflation)—
D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D Poor handling
D Possibility of blowouts from an
overheated tire
D Poor sealing of the tire bead
D Wheel deformation and/or tire
separation
D A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinflation)—
D Poor handling
D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards

298

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking and replacing tires
Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tire’s tread for tread
wear indicators. If the indicators
show, replace the tires. The location of tread wear indicators is
shown by the “TWI” or “Δ ” marks,
etc., molded on the sidewall of
each tire.

The tires on your Toyota have built−in
tread wear indicators to help you
know when the tires need replacement. When the tread depth wears to
1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If you can see the
indicators in two or more adjacent
grooves, the tire should be replaced.
The lower the tread, the higher the
risk of skidding.
The effectiveness of snow tires is
lost if the tread wears down below
4 mm (0.16 in.).
If you have tire damage such as
cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, or bulges indicating internal damage, the tire
should be replaced.
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be
properly repaired due to the size or
location of a cut or other damage, it
should be replaced. If you are not
sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

If air loss occurs while driving, do not
continue driving. Driving even a short
distance can damage a tire beyond
repair.
Any tires which are over 6 years
old must be checked by a qualified
technician even if damage is not
obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This applies also to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.

299

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use a tire of
the same size and construction,
and the same or greater maximum
load as the originally installed
tires.
Using any other size or type of tire
may seriously affect handling, ride,
speedometer/odometer calibration,
ground clearance, and clearance between the body and tires or snow
chains.
Check that the maximum load of the
replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the
Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)
of either the front axle or the rear
axle, whichever is greater. As for the
maximum load of the tire, see the load
limit at maximum cold tire inflation
pressure mentioned on the sidewall
of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle
Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Certification Label.
For details about the side wall of the
tire and the Certification Label.

CAUTION
Observe the following instructions. Otherwise, an accident
may occur resulting in death or
serious injuries.
D Do not mix radial, bias belted,
or bias−ply tires on your vehicle, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.
D Do not use tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended
size, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics
resulting in loss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,
or at least both of the front or rear
tires be replaced at a time as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section
4 for tire change procedure.
When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Wheels
can get out of balance with regular
use and should therefore be balanced
occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the
air valve should also be replaced
with a new one.

300

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Rotating tires

With a spare tire of the same
wheel type as the installed tires

With a spare tire of different
wheel type from the installed
tires

To equalize the wear and help extend tire life, Toyota recommends
that you rotate your tires according to the maintenance schedule.
(For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual
Supplement”.)
However, the most appropriate timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and
road surface conditions.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section
4 for tire change procedure.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out−
of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

301

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Installing snow tires and
chains
WHEN TO
CHAINS

USE

SNOW

TIRES

Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.
SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select tires of
the same size, construction and load
capacity as the originally installed tires.
Do not use tires other than those mentioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.

CAUTION
Do not use snow tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control. Otherwise, an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.

P205/65R15 92H tires—Use the
chains of correct size and type.

Installing snow tires on the front wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.

Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chains
except radial cable chains or V−bar type
chains.

When storing removed tires, you should
store them in a cool dry place.

Use only genuine Toyota tire chains or equivalent for use on the AVALON.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sure
to install them in the same direction when
replacing.

NOTICE

CAUTION

D Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.

D Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.

tire

P205/60R16 91H tires—Use tire chains
of the correct size.

If the wrong combination of tire and
chain is used, the chains could damage the vehicle body.

D AVALON genuine tire chains
(Part No. 08329−33801)

Laws about using tire chains vary according to locality and type of road, so
always check your local laws before
you install tire chains.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Install the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the rear tires. Retighten
chains
after
driving
0.5—1.0
km
(1/4—1/2 mile).

302

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Replacing wheels
When installing chains on your tires, carefully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

D Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or

the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.

D Drive

carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.

D Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheel
braking, as use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.

D When driving with chains installed,

be sure to drive carefully. Slow
down before entering curves to
avoid losing control of the vehicle.
Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
loss of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are replaced by ones with the same load capacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not recommended as they may have been subjected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.

CAUTION
Do not use wheels other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size, as
this may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control. Otherwise, an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

303

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Aluminum wheel precautions
D When installing aluminum wheels,

check that the wheel nuts are tight
after driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles).

D If

you have
changed your
wheel nuts are
1600 km (1000

rotated, repaired, or
tires, check that the
still tight after driving
miles).

D When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.

D Use

only Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for your aluminum
wheels.

D When balancing your wheels, use only

Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.

D As with any wheel, periodically check

your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.

304

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

305

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION
DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

7− 3

Electrical components
Checking battery condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

307
308
309
310
310

306

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.

D Do not cause a spark from the battery with tools.

D Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.

D Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.

D Never ingest electrolyte.
D Wear protective safety glasses when
working near the battery.

D Keep children away from the battery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

D If electrolyte gets in your eyes,

flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medical office.

—Checking battery exterior
D If electrolyte gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately.

Terminals

Ground cable

D If electrolyte gets on your clothes,

there is a possibility of its soaking
through to your skin, so immediately take off the exposed clothing and
follow the procedure above, if necessary.

D If you accidentally swallow electro-

lyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emergency help.

Hold−down
clamp

Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
hold−down clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and baking soda. Coat the outside of the terminals with grease to prevent further corrosion.
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.

307

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Checking battery condition
NOTICE
z Be sure the engine and all accessories are off before performing maintenance.
z When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“−” mark) first and reinstall it last.

Type A
Dark

Clear or
light yellow

White

Red

Green

z Be careful not to cause a short circuit with tools.
z Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.

During recharging, the battery is producing hydrogen gas.
Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.

Type B
Blue

Battery recharging precautions

2. Be sure the power switch on the recharger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.

CAUTION

D Always charge the battery in an un-

CHECKING BY INDICATOR
Check the battery condition by the indicator color.
Indicator color

Condition

Type A

Type B

Green

Blue

Good

White

Charging necessary.
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

Dark
Clear or
light
yellow

Red

Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventilation.

D Only do a slow charge (5 A or

less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may explode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.

308

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Checking and replacing fuses
Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out
tool is shown in the illustration.

Type A

If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Good

Only install a fuse with the amperage rating designated on the fuse box lid.

Blown

Type B

If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
Good

Blown

Type C

Good

See “Fuse locations” in Section 7−1 for
locations of the fuses.
Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull the suspected fuse
straight out and check it.

Blown

Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
Section 8 for the functions controlled by
each circuit.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “RADIO”
or “A/C” fuse, which may be dispensable
for normal driving, and use it if its
amperage rating is the same.
If you cannot use one of the same amperage, use one that is lower, but as close
to the rating as possible. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your vehicle for emergencies.

309

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical system. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.

CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher amperage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause extensive damage and possibly a fire.

Adding washer fluid

Replacing light bulbs—

If any washer does
windshield washer
light comes on, the
empty. Add washer

The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.

not work or the low
fluid level warning
washer tank may be
fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where temperatures range below the freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.

NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.

CAUTION

D To prevent burning yourself, do not

replace the light bulbs while they
are hot.

D Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas

inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.

NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.

310

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

The inside of the lens of exterior lights
such as headlights may temporarily fog up
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
in a car wash. This is not a problem
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside
and inside of the lens, just like the
windshield fogs up in the rain. However, if
there is a large drop of water on the
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your
Toyota dealer.

Bulb
No.

Type

Headlights
(low beam)

9006

Headlights
(high beam)

9005

Front fog lights

9006

1157NA

27/8

—

Stop/tail lights

7443

21/5

Rear side
marker lights

194

3.8

Back−up lights

921

Tail lights

168

License plate
lights

168

High mounted
stoplight

921

Interior light

—

Front personal
lights

—

Light bulbs

Front turn
signal/parking
lights
Rear turn signal
lights

Bulb
No.

Type

Rear personal
lights

—

Vanity lights

—

Glove box light

—

1.2

Door courtesy
lights

—

Trunk light

—

Light bulbs

A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
F:

HB4 halogen bulbs
HB3 halogen bulbs
Single end bulbs
Wedge base bulbs (amber)
Wedge base bulbs (clear)
Double end bulbs

311

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Headlights

1. Unplug the connector while depressing the lock release.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Turn the bulb and remove it.

3. Install a new bulb and the connector
into the mounting hole.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.

312

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Front fog and front turn
signal/parking lights

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,
rear side marker and back−up
lights

If either the left or right front fog or
front turn signal/parking lights burns
out, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE
Do not try to replace the front fog or
front turn signal/parking light bulbs
by yourself. You may damage the vehicle.

Use a flat−bladed screwdriver which is
wrapped with a cloth.

a:
b:
c:
d:

Rear turn signal light
Stop/tail light
Rear side marker light
Back−up light

313

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—Tail lights

Remove and install the cover clips as
shown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

314

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—License plate lights

Remove and install the cover clips as
shown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

315

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

—High mounted stoplight
(type A)

—High mounted stoplight
(type B)

316

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

317

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION
SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

319
319
320
320
322
323

318

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Dimensions and weights

Engine

Overall length

mm (in.)

4865 (191.5)

Overall width

mm (in.)

1820

(71.7)
(57.7)∗1

Model:
1MZ−FE
Type:
6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Overall height

mm (in.)

1465

Wheelbase

mm (in.)

2720 (107.0)

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
87.5
83.0 (3.44
3.27)

Front tread

mm (in.)

1550

(61.0)

Rear tread

mm (in.)

1525

(60.0)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):
2995 (182.8)

Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants + luggage)

kg (lb.)

410
475

(900)∗2
(1050)∗3

Towing capacity

kg (lb.)

907

(2000)

∗1 :
∗2 :
∗3 :

Unladen vehicle
With bucket type front seat
With bench type front seat

319

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Fuel

Service specifications

Fuel type:
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
For improved vehicle performance, the
use of premium unleaded gasoline with
an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended.

ENGINE

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
70 (18.5, 15.4)

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
Intake
0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust
0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)
Spark plug type:
DENSO
NGK

Oil grade:
API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil.
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 5W−30

SK20R11
IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
1.1 (0.043)
Drive
belt
tension
measured
with
Borroughs drive belt tension gauge No.
BT−33−73F (used belt), Ibf:
Generator belt
88"22
Power steering pump belt
115"20
ENGINE LUBRICATION
Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.
qt.):
With filter
4.7 (5.0, 4.1)
Without filter
4.5 (4.8, 4.0)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

320

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

COOLING SYSTEM

BATTERY

BRAKES

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
9.0 (9.5, 7.9)

Open voltage∗ at 20_C (68_F):
12.6—12.8 V
Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V
Half charged
11.8—12.0 V
Discharged

Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
with the engine running, mm (in.):
75 (3.0)

∗:

Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Coolant type:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is
used in your Toyota vehicle at factory
fill. In order to avoid technical problems,
only use “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non−silicate, non−amine,
non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with
long−life hybrid organic acid technology.
(Coolant with long−life hybrid organic
acid technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)
Do not use plain water alone.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details.

Voltage that is checked 20 minutes
after the key is removed with all the
lights turned off

Charging rates:
5 A max.

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,
Imp. qt.):
Up to 4.75 (5.0, 4.2)

Parking brake adjustment when depressed
with the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1 lbf):
3—6 clicks

Fluid type:
Toyota
Genuine
ATF
DEXRONrIII (DEXRONrII)

Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

D−II

Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

STEERING
Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII
or III

321

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tires
Tire size and cold tire inflation pressure:
Normal driving
Tire size

kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)
Tire inflation pressure

Wheel size

Front

Rear

P205/65R15 92H

210 (2.1, 31)

6JJ

P205/60R16 91H

220 (2.2, 32)

6JJ

kPa (kgf/cm 2 or bar, psi)

Trailer driving
Tire size

Tire inflation pressure
Front

Rear

P205/65R15 92H

220 (2.2, 32)

P205/60R16 91H

240 (2.4, 35)

When driving under the above vehicle load conditions at sustained high speeds above 160 km/h (100 mph), in countries
where such speeds are permitted by−law, inflate the front and rear tires to 280 kPa (2.8 kgf/cm2 or bar, 41 psi) provided
that it does not exceed the maximum cold tire pressure molded on the tire sidewall.
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·Ibf):
103 (10.5, 76)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions” in Section 7−2.

322

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Fuses

Engine compartment

Instrument panel

Fuses (type A)

9. SPARE 25 A: Spare fuse

1. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: No circuit
2. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: No circuit
3. HEAD RH LWR 15
headlight (low beam)

Engine compartment

Right−hand

10. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse
11. ALT−S 5 A: Charging system
12. DCC 30 A: “DOME”,
“RADIO” fuses

“ECU−B” and

4. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left−hand headlight (low beam)

13. SECURITY 10 A: Theft−deterrent system

5. ABS NO.4 5 A: Vehicle stability control
system

14. HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights

6. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light system

16. DOOR NO.2 15 A: Power door lock
system

7. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse

17. HORN 10 A: Horn, theft−deterrent system

8. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse

15. A/F 25 A: Air/fuel sensor

323

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

18. AM2 10 A: SRS airbag system, multiport fuel injection system/sequential
multiport fuel injection system, starter
system, charging system, air/fuel sensor, fuel pump

27. ECU−B 7.5 A: Air conditioning system,
theft deterrent system, power seats,
meters, power windows (for driver and
front passenger), multiplex communication system

19. EFI NO.2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, air flow meter, oxygen
sensor, evaporative emission control
system, throttle positioner control system, engine control system

28. TAIL 10 A: Parking lights, license plate
lights, tail lights, rear side marker
lights, rear light failure warning light,
engine control system

20. ABS NO.3 25 A: Anti−lock brake system
21. ABS NO.2 25 A: Vehicle stability control system
22. EFI NO.1 15 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, fuel pump
23. IG2 15 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
24. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left−hand headlight (high beam), high beam indicator
light
25. HEAD RH UPR 10
headlight (high beam)

Right−hand

26. ECU−IG NO.1 5 A: Electric cooling
fans

29. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters
30. FR P/W 20 A: Power window (for front
passenger)
31. GAUGE NO.1 10 A: Vehicle stability
control system, rear window defogger,
cruise control system, shift lock system, anti−lock brake system, auto anti−
glare inside rear view mirror, automatic
light control system, power seats, rear
light failure warning light, automatic
transmission indicator lights, power outlet, power window (for driver), brake
system warning light, electric moon
roof
32. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system
33. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights
34. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights
35. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system
36. RADIO 15 A: Audio system, multi−information display

37. PANEL 5 A: Gauges and meters, audio
system, cigarette lighter, air conditioning system, emergency flasher, electronically controlled automatic transmission system, power rear view mirrors,
multi−information display, glove box
light, instrument panel lights, instrument
panel light control, power outlet
38. FL P/W 25 A: Power window (for driver)
39. PWR OUTLET NO.1 15 A: Power outlet (ACC)
40. ECU−ACC 5 A: Audio system, power
rear view mirrors, multi−information display, shift lock system, multiplex communication system
41. SRS−ACC 10 A: SRS airbag system
42. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mirror defoggers, engine control system
43. PWR OUTLET NO.2 15 A: Power outlet (IG)
44. GAUGE NO.2 10 A: Back−up lights
45. OBD−II 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis system
46. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mounted
stoplight, anti−lock brake system, shift
lock system, cruise control system, vehicle stability control system, engine
control system

324

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

47. DOME 7.5 A: Interior lights, front personal lights, door courtesy lights, ignition switch light, vanity lights, garage
door opener, open door warning light,
illuminated entry system, rear personal
lights, automatic light control system,
trunk light, wireless remote control system, multiplex communication system
48. OPNER 5 A: No circuit
49. RL P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear
left passenger)
50. RR P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear
right passenger)
51. WIP 25
washer

Windshield

wipers

and

52. ECU−IG NO.2 10 A: Anti−lock brake
system, cruise control system, multi−information display, theft deterrent system, vehicle stability control system,
meters, multiplex communication system

Fuses (type B)
56. AM1 40 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
57. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system
58. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fans
59. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fans
60. MAIN 40 A: Starter system
61. DEF 40 A:
noise filter

Rear

window defogger,

62. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats
Fuses (type C)
63. ABS 60 A: Anti−lock brake system,
“ABS NO.4” fuse
64. ALT 120 A: “HTR”, “A/C”, “ABS NO.2”,
“ABS NO.3”, “RDI”, “CDS”, “AM1”,
“ABS” and “ABS NO.4” fuses

53. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter
54. DOOR NO.1 25 A: Theft deterrent system, trunk opener, multiplex communication system
55. SUN ROOF 30 A: Electric moon roof

325

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

SECTION

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

327

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in
addition to notifying Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy
campaign.
However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline
toll−free at 1−800−424−9393 (or
366−0123 in Washington, D.C.
area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.
Department of Transportation,
Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

328

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

D U.S. OWNERS:
Toyota Customer Assistance Center
D CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre

Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331
Toll−free: 1−888−TOYOTA−8 (1−888−869−6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

aU−9

Quick index
D If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on . . . . . . . . 120
D If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
D If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
D If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
D If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
D If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
D Tips for driving during break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
D How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
D General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Gas station information
Fuel type:
UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded
gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or
higher is recommended.
See page 213 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)
Engine oil:
API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is
recommended.
See page 292 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 296 through 304.
Tire pressure: See page 322.

Publication No. OM41412U
Part No. 01999-41412
Printed in Japan 01−0408−00 B

(

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Important information about this manual
Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Safety symbol

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle damage warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION
This is a
injury to
informed
order to
others.

warning against anything which may cause
people if the warning is ignored. You are
about what you must or must not do in
reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
When you see the safety symbol
shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
happen”.

NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help
reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. None of these systems, either individually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the
event of collision. However, the more you know about
these systems and how to use them properly, the greater
your chances become of surviving an accident without
death or serious injury.

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to
read Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In
terms of helping you understand how you can receive the
maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this
vehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual is
the most important Section for you and your family to
read.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of
the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear
seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be
secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for
their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,
and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes
for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing
the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of
the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concerning seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint systems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you
should be aware of. These systems work together along
with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide
occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of
each system is enhanced when it is used properly and
together with other systems. No single occupant restraint
system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the
equal level of restraint which these systems can provide
when used together. That is why it is important for you and
your family to understand the purpose and proper use of
each of these systems and how they relate to each other.

iii

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

New vehicle warranty

In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with
tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS airbags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources
of serious injury if an occupant is too close to an airbag,
or if an object or some part of his or her body has been
placed between the occupant and the airbag at the time of
deployment. This is just one example of how the instructions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will help ensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, and
increase the safety they can provide to you and your family in the event of an accident.

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
warranties:
D New vehicle warranty
D Emission control systems warranty
D Others
For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section
1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your time
of ownership of this vehicle.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Important health and safety
information about your Toyota

Your responsibility for
maintenance
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of
these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section
6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

CAUTION

D WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-

ents, and a wide variety of automobile components contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. In addition,
oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as
well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm.

D Battery

posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your
hands after handling. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your skin by washing
thoroughly with soap and water.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Accessories, spare parts and
modification of your Toyota

Spark ignition system of your
Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or
replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or
adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment
Standard.

Installation of a mobile two−way
radio system

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine
Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the
modification may not be covered under warranty.

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in
your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system, cruise control system, anti−lock brake system,
traction control system, vehicle stability control system,
SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, be
sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary
measures or special instructions regarding installation.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Tires and loading on your
Toyota

Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by the qualified service
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
vehicle.

Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and the
excess load may result in the deterioration of
steering ability and braking ability, leading to an
accident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodically and be sure to keep the load limits given in
this Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflation
pressure and load limits, see “Checking tire inflation pressure” in Section 7−2 and “Vehicle load
limits” in Section 2.

vii

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

viii

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

You should know as much about the quality and
importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
running order is to maintain it properly from
the moment you drive it off the showroom
floor.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
packed with literally everything you need to
know to perform your own maintenance in
virtually every area of your new vehicle.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

Maintenance procedures for the engine,
chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.
Periodic maintenance and tune−up
Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to prevent small problems from growing into larger ones later on. The repair manual outlines exactly what maintenance is required and clearly explains how to do the
work yourself step−by−step.
Areas covered include such things as spark plug replacement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil
and filter replacement.

Where to obtain the
Repair Manual
The repair manual for Avalon, written in English, may be purchased as applicable from any
Toyota dealer.
Pub. Name: 2004 AVALON Repair Manual
Pub. No.: RM1061U1
RM1061U2

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP
Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.
Toyota belts are:

D Comfortable
D Easy to use
D Convenient
We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2013:05:12 15:17:33-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:05:12 15:17:33-04:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Metadata Date                   : 2013:05:12 15:17:33-04:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:71dfff2b-1306-4a3a-a50a-e2a9f4f7136b
Instance ID                     : uuid:61386056-84c2-4f1d-9375-f77564e6dc80
Page Count                      : 339

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Toyota 2004 Avalon Owners Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation